Arberor MITA, profile picture
Uploaded byArberor MITA
1,747 views

Acetone absorption column

This document details the design of an acetone absorption column. It considers four different packing types (Pall®, Hiflow®, Top Pak® and VSP®) to determine the optimal configuration based on column dimensions, mass transfer coefficient, and pressure drop. The influence of gas and solvent flowrates on key parameters is evaluated for each packing type. The goal is to remove acetone from an air stream using a countercurrent absorption process with water as the solvent. Design parameters like column diameter, packing height, mass transfer coefficients, and pressure drops are calculated.

Embed presentation

Downloaded 32 times
ACETONE ABSORPTION COLUMN Required: “CONFIDENTIAL” Sh.a. DESIGNED: Arberor MITA Design group“ELMAGERARD” CALCULATION REPORT TECHNOLOGICAL AND CONSTRUCTION PROJECT EQUIPMENT "ACETONE ABSORPTION COLUMN" Nomenclature 1. Inrodiction
ACETONE ABSORPTION COLUMN Required: “CONFIDENTIAL” Sh.a. DESIGNED: Arberor MITA Design group“ELMAGERARD” Nomenclature 1. Inrodiction 2. Project data 2.1. Problem description 2.2. Packing parameters 2.3. Inlet data 3. Design procedure 3.1. Tower diameter 3.2. Pressure drop 3.3. Diffusion coefficients 3.4. Mass transfer coefficients 3.5. Packing Height 3.6. Operating and equilibrium lines 4.0 Designig of internals 5.0 Determination of nozzles inside diameters 6.0 Mechanical design of absortion column as per ASME S8. Di1/Di2 6.1 Minimum shell thickness 6.2 Torispherical head design 6.3 Shell thicnes at diffrent heights 7.0 Design of support 7.0' Design of support (conventional method) 8.0 Design of flanged joints 9.0 Design an integral radial nozzle centrally located 10.0 Check the design of a radial nozzle in a cylindrical shell Abstract In the present work, a packed bed absorption column is designed to remove certain amounts of acetone contained in a gaseous stream. Four packing types (50-mm metal Hiflow® rings, 50-mm ceramic Pall® rings, 50-mm metal Top Pak® rings rings) are and 25-mm metal VSP®
ACETONE ABSORPTION COLUMN Required: “CONFIDENTIAL” Sh.a. DESIGNED: Arberor MITA Design group“ELMAGERARD” Abstract In the present work, a packed bed absorption column is designed to remove certain amounts of acetone contained in a gaseous stream. Four packing types (50-mm metal Hiflow® rings, 50-mm ceramic Pall® rings, 50-mm metal Top Pak® rings rings) are and 25-mm metal VSP® considered in order to select the most appropriate one in terms of column dimensions, pressure drop and mass-transfer results. Several design parameters were determined including column diameter (D), packing height (Z), overall mass-transfer coefficient (Km) and gas pressure drop (delta P/Z), as well as the overall number of gas-phase transfer units (NtOG), overall height of a gas-phase transfer unit (HtOG) and the effective surface area of packing (ah). The most adequate packing to use for this absorption system constitutes the 25-mm metal VSP® rings, since it provided the greatest values of Km , ah , as well as the lowest values of both Z and HtOG , meaning that it will supply the higher mass-transfer conditions with the lowest column dimensions, but it does not comply with the requirement of pressure drop delta P/Z() for this reason the next adequate packing to use for this absorption system is 50-mm ceramic Pall® rings. The influence of both gas mixture (QG) and solvent (mL') feed flowrates on D, Z, Km, P/Z, NtOG and HtOG was also evaluated for the four packing considered. The design methodology was solved using computing software MATHCAD PRIME 3.0. Nomenclature ah Effective specific surface area of packing m-1 A Absorption factor Dimensionless Ch Hydraulic factor Dimensionless CL Mass-transfer factor Dimensionless CP Hydraulic factor Dimensionless CSflood CS coefficient at flooding conditions m/s CV Mass-transfer factor Dimensionless dP Effective particle diameter m D Tower diameter m DG Gas-phase diffusion coefficient m2/s DL Liquid-phase diffusion coefficient m2/s e/k Lennard-Jones parameter K fflood Flooding factor % Fp Packing factor ft-1 Fr Froude number Dimensionless G Mass velocity kg/m2.s GMy Gas molar velocity kmol/m2.s GMx Liquid molar velocity kmol/m2.s hL Liquid holdup Dimensionless H Henry’s constant atm HtOG Overall height of a gas-phase transfer unit m kG Gas-phase convective mass- transfer coefficient kmol/m kL Liquid-phase convective mass-transfer coefficient m/s Km Overall volumetric mass- transfer coefficient kmol/m3 Kv Volumetric mass-transfer coefficient kmol/m3
ACETONE ABSORPTION COLUMN Required: “CONFIDENTIAL” Sh.a. DESIGNED: Arberor MITA Design group“ELMAGERARD” GMy Gas molar velocity kmol/m GMx Liquid molar velocity kmol/m hL Liquid holdup Dimensionless H Henry’s constant atm HtOG Overall height of a gas-phase transfer unit kG Gas-phase convective mass- transfer coefficient kmol/m2.s kL Liquid-phase convective mass-transfer coefficient m/s Km Overall volumetric mass- transfer coefficient kmol/m3.s Kv Volumetric mass-transfer coefficient kmol/m3.s KW Wall factor Dimensionless m Mass flowrate kg/h M Molecular weight kg/kmol n Factor Dimensionless N Molar flowrate kmol/h NtOG Overall number of gas-phase transfer units Dimensionless ΔPlimit/Z Maximum pressure drop permitted Pa/m ΔP0/Z Dry pressure drop Pa/m ΔP/Z Overall pressure drop Pa/m P Pressure atm Q Volumetric flowrate m3/h R Ideal gas constant m3.atm/kmol.K %R Removal percent % Re Reynolds number Dimensionless Sc Schmidt number Dimensionless T Temperature ºC T* Factor Dimensionless v Velocity m/s vflood Velocity at flooding conditions m/s V Molar volume cm3/mol X Flow parameter Dimensionless x Mole fraction in liquid phase Fraction y Mole fraction in gas phase Fraction y* Mole fraction in gas phase in equilibrium with the liquid Fraction Z Parking height m Greek Symbols Density kg/m3 μ Viscosity Pa.s σ Collision diameter Å σAB Average collision diameter Å ψ0 Dry-packing resistance coefficient Dimensionless Dimensionless ΩD Diffusion collision integral Dimensionless 1. Inrodiction Gas-liquid operations are used extensively in chemical and petrochemical industries for
ACETONE ABSORPTION COLUMN Required: “CONFIDENTIAL” Sh.a. DESIGNED: Arberor MITA Design group“ELMAGERARD” Dimensionless D Diffusion collision integral Dimensionless 1. Inrodiction Gas-liquid operations are used extensively in chemical and petrochemical industries for transferring mass, heat and momentum between the phases. Among the most important gas- liquid systems employed nowadays is absorption, defined as a mass transfer operation at which one or more soluble components contained in a gas phase mixture are dissolved into a liquid solvent whose volatility is low under process conditions. The absorption process could be classified as physical or chemical. The physical absorption occurs when the target solute is dissolved into the solvent, while the chemical absorption takes place when the target solute reacts with the solvent. The removal efficiency of any physical absorption process will depend on the physical-chemical properties (density, viscosity, diffusivity, etc.) and feed flowrates of the gaseous and liquid streams; the type of mass-transfer contact surface (packing or plate); the operating temperature and pressure (commonly, lower temperatures will favor gas absorption by the liquid solvent); gas-liquid ratio; contact time between phases; and the solute concentration at the inlet gas stream. Gas-liquid absorption operations are usually accomplished in equipment named absorbers. Absorbers are used to a great extent in industrial complexes and plants to separate and purify gaseous streams, to recover valuable products and chemicals, as well as for contamination control. The most common absorber types employed in industry are plate columns, packed towers, Venturi cleaning towers and spray chambers. Packed towers are widely used for gas- liquid absorption operations and, to a limited extent, for distillations. A typical packed column consists of a vertical, cylindrical shell containing a support plate for the packing material, mist eliminators, as well as a liquid distributing device designed to provide effective irrigation to the packing The liquid is fed at the top of the column and trickles down through the packed bed, exposing a large surface to contact the gaseous stream, which is supplied at the bottom of the tower . The design approach of a packed-bed absorber usually involves the determination of geometrical parameters such as tower diameter (D) and packing height (Z), as well as some other mass-transfer and operational variables such as convective mass-transfer coefficients for gas and liquid streams; dry and overall pressure drops; as well as overall mass-transfer coefficient. A well designed packed-bed tower will provide the required mass-transfer contact between gas and liquid phases, with low pressure drop, small capital and operating costs, and high removal efficiencies. At the present work, a packed bed absorber is designed to remove certain amounts of acetone contained in an air stream. Four different packing types (Pall®, Hiflow®, Top Pak® and VSP®) were evaluated in order to determine which packing configuration provides the lowest column dimensions (tower diameter and packing height) as well as the highest mass-transfer coefficient for this application, without exceeding the maximum allowable pressure drop and also without affecting the requested removal efficiency. The influence of both liquid solvent and gas mixture feed flowrates on 4 important process parameters (tower diameter, packing height, gas pressure drop and overall mass-transfer coefficient) was assessed for the four packing, while the effect of this two flowrates on two design parameters (overall number of gas-phase transfer units; NtOG and overall height of a gas-phase transfer unit, HtOG) was also determined.
ACETONE ABSORPTION COLUMN Required: “CONFIDENTIAL” Sh.a. DESIGNED: Arberor MITA Design group“ELMAGERARD” Figure 1: Typical layout of a packed bed absorber 2. Project data A gaseous mixture containing air and acetone, with a molar composition of 99 % air and 1 % of acetone.The ethanol must be removed by means of a countercurrent absorption process
ACETONE ABSORPTION COLUMN Required: “CONFIDENTIAL” Sh.a. DESIGNED: Arberor MITA Design group“ELMAGERARD” 2. Project data 2.1. Problem description A gaseous mixture containing air and acetone, with a molar composition of 99 % air and 1 % of acetone.The ethanol must be removed by means of a countercurrent absorption process using water as the solvent. The gas mixture will enter the tower at a rate of 4000 m3/h, at 27 ºC (300 K) and 1.7 atm, while the solvent (water) will be supplied at a flowrate of 14000 kg/h and also at 300 K. The required removal of acetone to a final concentration of 100 mg/m3, while the maximum pressure drop permitted for the gas stream should not exceed 250 Pa/m of packed height. It’s desired to design a suited packed-bed absorber working at 70% of flooding and operating under isothermal conditions. For this application, four packing types will be evaluated (Figure 2): 1. 50-mm metal Hiflow® rings 2. 50-mm ceramic Pall® rings 3. 50-mm metal Top Pak® rings, and 4. 25-mm metal VSP® rings. Table 1. Performance and mass-transfer characteristics of the different packing considered  ¡¢£¤¥¦ §¤¨©  ¡©© ! #  $¡%%'¡%¨(' §¤¦) $(0¤12 §¤¦) §¤¦)  '(¡%1'(0'33 45$(0¤12 $(0¤12 4 $(0¤12 6¡3¡¢¤7 $(0¤125§¤¦) $(0¤12 §¤¦) §¤¦) 2.2. Packing parameters 2.2.1. Hydraulic Parameters
ACETONE ABSORPTION COLUMN Required: “CONFIDENTIAL” Sh.a. DESIGNED: Arberor MITA Design group“ELMAGERARD” 2.2. Packing parameters 2.2.1. Hydraulic Parameters 8¡ 9@ AB 2 Mass-transfer surface area per unit volume C¡D 9EF 2GH 50 mm Metal Hiflow rings C¡I 9BFB 2GH 50 mm Cheramic Pall rings C¡P 9QR 2GH 50 mm Metal Top Pac rings C¡S 9FTR 2GH 25 mm Metal VSP rings 8U @ Packing porosity or void fraction CUD TVEQQ 50 mm Metal Hiflow rings CUI TVQWX 50 mm Cheramic Pall rings CUP TVEW 50 mm Metal Top Pac rings CUS TVEQ 25 mm Metal VSP rings 86§ @ Hydraulic factor C6§D TVWQY 50 mm Metal Hiflow rings C6§I BVXXR 50 mm Cheramic Pall rings C6§P TVWWB 50 mm Metal Top Pac rings C6§S BVXYE 25 mm Metal VSP rings 86  @ Hydraulic factor C6 D TV`FB 50 mm Metal Hiflow rings C6 I TVYYF 50 mm Cheramic Pall rings C6 P TVYT` 50 mm Metal Top Pac rings C6 S TVQWF 25 mm Metal VSP rings 8a  9@ AB ¨ Packing factor 50 mm Metal Hiflow rings (ft)
ACETONE ABSORPTION COLUMN Required: “CONFIDENTIAL” Sh.a. DESIGNED: Arberor MITA Design group“ELMAGERARD” Ca D RF 50 mm Metal Hiflow rings (ft) Ca I B`F 50 mm Cheramic Pall rings (ft) Ca P `Y 50 mm Metal Top Pac rings (ft) Ca S BTR 25 mm Metal VSP rings (ft) 2.2.2. Mass trasfer Parameters 864 @ Mass trasfer factor C64D BVBYW 50 mm Metal Hiflow rings C64I BVFFQ 50 mm Cheramic Pall rings C64P BVXFY 50 mm Metal Top Pac rings C64S BVXQY 25 mm Metal VSP rings 86 @ Mass trasfer factor C6D TV`TW 50 mm Metal Hiflow rings C6I TV`BR 50 mm Cheramic Pall rings C6P TVXWE 50 mm Metal Top Pac rings C6S TV`TR 25 mm Metal VSP rings Figure 1. Schematic drawing of the packed bed absorber operationg condition Since the absorption system operates at low pressure and temperature (1.7 atm and 300 K, respectively); the solute gas is very diluted in the liquid phase (that is, the liquid phase can be catalogued as a dilute liquid solution), the system operates under isothermal conditions and there is no reaction between the dissolved solute and the solvent, it’s assumed that the system obeys the Henry’s law, the value of the Henry’s constant for an acetone-water system
ACETONE ABSORPTION COLUMN Required: “CONFIDENTIAL” Sh.a. DESIGNED: Arberor MITA Design group“ELMAGERARD” Since the absorption system operates at low pressure and temperature (1.7 atm and 300 K, respectively); the solute gas is very diluted in the liquid phase (that is, the liquid phase can be catalogued as a dilute liquid solution), the system operates under isothermal conditions and there is no reaction between the dissolved solute and the solvent, it’s assumed that the system obeys the Henry’s law, the value of the Henry’s constant for an acetone-water system operating at 27 ºC is H = 3.933 atm. Thus, the distribution coefficient for the gas-liquid system (acetone-water system) at 27 ºC and 1.7 atm is H/P = 3.933 /1.7 = 2.314. 2.3. Inlet data The inlet data necessary to carry out the design calculations are showed below: Cbc `TTT AA2d )' Volumetric flowrate C7efg TVTB Mole fraction of aceton C¢hi 9BTGp AA£¦ 2d Outlet concentration of acetone in the gass C2qr B`TTT A£¦ )' Mass flowrate of water C$efg RWVTW AA¦2 2© Molecular weight of acetone C$s BW AA¦2 2© Molecular weight of water C$etu FWVEY AA¦2 2© Combined molecular weight of air Cvw xEEVEE Acetone removal percent C¨y€‚ xQT Flooding factor 8AAƒ  „ 9FRT AA ¡ 2 C… 9FRT AA ¡ 2 Maximum pressure drop permitted C†q EEQVT`Q AA£¦ 2d Liquid density of solvent C‡q 9TVTTTWE  ¡ % Liquid viscosity of solvent C†ceˆ‰ BVBYF AA£¦ 2d Gas density at atmospheric preasure C‡efg 9TVTTTXBY  ¡ % Vapor viscosity of acetone at 25 ºC C‡etu 9TVTTTTBE  ¡ % Vapor viscosity of air at 25 ºC Cefg Q`VBYY AA¢2d 2© Molar volume of acetone Cetu F`VEFT AA4 2© Molar volume of air Cefg XVRY` BTGH‘ 2 Collision diameter of acetone Collision diameter of air
ACETONE ABSORPTION COLUMN Required: “CONFIDENTIAL” Sh.a. DESIGNED: Arberor MITA Design group“ELMAGERARD” Cetu XVYFB BTGH‘ 2 Collision diameter of air C(efg XRVFX ’ e/k parameter for acetone C(etu EQ ’ e/k parameter for air Cv TVTTTTWFB AAA92d ¡2 92© ’ Ideal gas constant C§ XVEXX ¡2 Henry constant for ethanol-water system 25 ºC C“ FQ ”6 System temperature C  BVQ ¡2 System pressure C• –A§   FVXB` Distribution coefficient 3. Design procedure The equations and correlations used to design the packed-bed absorber were taken from different sources ,considering several aspects such as process operating conditions, mass transfer characteristics, and packing type.
ACETONE ABSORPTION COLUMN Required: “CONFIDENTIAL” Sh.a. DESIGNED: Arberor MITA Design group“ELMAGERARD” 3. Design procedure The equations and correlations used to design the packed-bed absorber were taken from different sources ,considering several aspects such as process operating conditions, mass transfer characteristics, and packing type. 3.1. Tower diameter The molecular weight of the gas mixture (MG) was determined applying the equation C$c –—˜™ 97efg $efgde ˜™ 9˜™ fB 7efgde $etude TVTFE AA£¦ 2© The gas mixture density (ρG) at 27 ºC was determined using the Kay’s method C†g –AAAAAAAAAAA 9  ˜™ —˜™ 97efg $efgde ˜™ 9˜™ fB 7efgde $etudede 9v “ FVTBW AA£¦ 2d Viscosity of the gas mixture (μG) was calculated using the following correlation. C‡g –AAAAAAAAAA $c — ˜ h ™ AAAA 97efg $efg ‡efg d i e ˜ h ™ AAAAA 9˜™ fB 7efgde $etu ‡etu d i e ˜™ 9BVEXY BTGjde 9 ¡ % Where μace and μair values are given in Pa.s. The amount of ethanol absorbed is; C2efgkelm –999 ˜ h ™ AAA 9bc †g $c d i e 7efg vw $efg BYTVFRR A£¦ )' The amount of solvent liquid exiting the column is: C2q –—2qr 2efgkelm ˜™ 9BV`BY BTpde A£¦ )' The flow parameter (X), the pressure drop parameter under flooding conditions (Yflood) and the CS coefficient at flooding conditions (CSflood) were determined according to the equations. Flow parameter X Cn˜™bcde 9AAA 2q 9bc †g ˜ h ™ A †g †q d i e ‘oj Cn –9AAA 2q 9bc †g ˜ h ™ A †g †q d i e ‘oj TVTQE Pressure drop parameter under flooding conditions 8©¥˜™py€‚de f˜ ™ ——XVRTF 9BVTFW qrssntt 9TVBBTEX ssqrssntttt ud e Cpy€‚ –(Gvw xxdoj‘u yHo‘uz {|}}~ y‘oHH‘€d }}{|}}~‚ƒ TVFTB S coefficient at flooding conditions
ACETONE ABSORPTION COLUMN Required: “CONFIDENTIAL” Sh.a. DESIGNED: Arberor MITA Design group“ELMAGERARD” CS coefficient at flooding conditions C6my€‚D –9 ˜ h h™ AAAA py€‚ 9a D ‡q ‘oH d i ie ‘oj AAAA£¦ „„H u‘ 92 „„H u‘ % „„H u‘ TVTWW C6my€‚I –9 ˜ h h™ AAAA py€‚ 9a I ‡q ‘oH d i ie ‘oj AAAA£¦ „„H u‘ 92 „„H u‘ % „„H u‘ TVTRX C6my€‚P –9 ˜ h h™ AAAA py€‚ 9a P ‡q ‘oH d i ie ‘oj AAAA£¦ „„H u‘ 92 „„H u‘ % „„H u‘ TVTE` C6my€‚S –9 ˜ h h™ AAAA py€‚ 9a S ‡q ‘oH d i ie ‘oj AAAA£¦ „„H u‘ 92 „„H u‘ % „„H u‘ TVTYF The gas velocity at flooding conditions (vGflood), the gas velocity (vG), and finally the tower diameter (D), were calculated by using the following correlations: Gas velocity at flooding conditions C…cy€‚D –AAAA 6my€‚D ˜ h ™ AAA †g f†q †g d i e ‘oj A2 % BVERE A2 % C…cy€‚I –AAAA 6my€‚I ˜ h ™ AAA †g f†q †g d i e ‘oj A2 % BVBWY A2 % C…cy€‚P –AAAA 6my€‚P ˜ h ™ AAA †g f†q †g d i e ‘oj A2 % FVTWX A2 % C…cy€‚S –AAAA 6my€‚S ˜ h ™ AAA †g f†q †g d i e ‘oj A2 % BVXQE A2 % Gas velocity C…cD –9…cy€‚D ¨y€‚ BVXQB A2 % C…cI –9…cy€‚I ¨y€‚ TVWX A2 % C…cP –9…cy€‚P ¨y€‚ BV`RW A2 % C…cS –9…cy€‚S ¨y€‚ TVEYR A2 % Tower diameter †
ACETONE ABSORPTION COLUMN Required: “CONFIDENTIAL” Sh.a. DESIGNED: Arberor MITA Design group“ELMAGERARD” Tower diameter C‡D – ††††††u AAA 9` bc 9… …cD ˜™ 9BVTBY BTdde 22 C‡I – ††††††u AAA 9` bc 9… …cI ˜™ 9BVXTY BTdde 22 C‡P – ††††††u AAA 9` bc 9… …cP EWRVTBR 22 C‡S – ††††††u AAA 9` bc 9… …cS ˜™ 9BVFBB BTdde 22 3.2. Pressure drop Most packed-bed absorbers are designed to safely avoid flooding conditions and also to operate in the preloading region, with a gas-pressure drop limit of 200 – 400 Pa/m of packed depth . In this approach, both the gas dry pressure drop ( 0/Z) and overall pressure drop
ACETONE ABSORPTION COLUMN Required: “CONFIDENTIAL” Sh.a. DESIGNED: Arberor MITA Design group“ELMAGERARD” 3.2. Pressure drop Most packed-bed absorbers are designed to safely avoid flooding conditions and also to operate in the preloading region, with a gas-pressure drop limit of 200 – 400 Pa/m of packed depth . In this approach, both the gas dry pressure drop (ΔP0/Z) and overall pressure drop (ΔP/Z) were determined for the absorption process using well-accepted equations. The liquid holdup influence was also taken into account, that is, when the packed bed is irrigated, the liquid holdup causes an increment of the pressure drop. Prior to the determination of both pressure drops, it was necessary to determine several parameters first. Among those parameters are included the effective particle diameter (dP) ; the wall factor (KW); the gas- phase Reynolds number (ReG); the dry-packing resistance coefficient (ψ0); liquid mass velocity (GL); the liquid velocity (vL); the liquid-phase Reynolds number (ReL); liquid-phase Froude number (FrL) ; the ratio ah/a; the effective specific surface area of packing (ah); and, finally, the liquid holdup (hL). Effective particle diameter C0ID –9Y ˜ h ™ AAA fB UD ¡D d i e BVR 22 C0II –9Y ˜ h ™ AA fB UI ¡I d i e BTVQY 22 C0IP –9Y ˜ h ™ AA fB UP ¡P d i e BVY 22 C0IS –9Y ˜ h ™ AA fB US ¡S d i e TVWQW 22 Wall factor C’sD –AAAAAAAB —B 99AF X ˜ h ™ AAAB fB UD d i e AA 0ID ‡D TVERE C’sI –AAAAAAAB —B 99AF X ˜ h ™ AAB fB UI d i e AA 0II ‡I TVEQR C’sP –AAAAAAAB —B 99AF X ˜ h ™ AAB fB UP d i e AA 0IP ‡P TVE`E C’sS –AAAAAAAB —B 99AF X ˜ h ™ AAB fB US d i e AA 0IS ‡S TVEW` Gas-phase Reynolds number Cv(cD –AAAAAA 999…cD †g 0ID ’sD 9˜™ fB UDde ‡g 9WVEXE BTd Cv(cI –AAAAAA 999…cI †g 0II ’sI 9˜™ fB UIde ‡g 9`VBWX BTd
ACETONE ABSORPTION COLUMN Required: “CONFIDENTIAL” Sh.a. DESIGNED: Arberor MITA Design group“ELMAGERARD” Cv(cP –AAAAAA 999…cP †g 0IP ’sP 9˜™ fB UPde ‡g 9BVBRX BTp Cv(cS –AAAAAA 999…cS †g 0IS ’sS 9˜™ fB USde ‡g 9FVWEQ BTd Dry-packing resistance coefficient CˆiD –96 D ˜ h ™ —AAY` v(cD AAABVW v(cD ‘o‘z d i e TVXYE CˆiI –96 I ˜ h ™ —AAY` v(cI AAABVW v(cI ‘o‘z d i e TVYFF CˆiP –96 P ˜ h ™ —AAY` v(cP AAABVW v(cP ‘o‘z d i e TVRBW CˆiS –96 S ˜ h ™ —AAY` v(cS AAABVW v(cS ‘o‘z d i e TVQYB Liquid mass velocity C‰qD –AAA ` 2q 9… ‡D u `VWRR AA£¦ 92u % C‰qI –AAA ` 2q 9… ‡I u FVEXW AA£¦ 92u % C‰qP –AAA ` 2q 9… ‡P u RVBYF AA£¦ 92u % C‰qS –AAA ` 2q 9… ‡S u XV`BY AA£¦ 92u % Liquid velocity C…qD –AA ‰qD †q TVTTR A2 % C…qI –AA ‰qI †q TVTTX A2 % C…qP –AA ‰qP †q TVTTR A2 % C…qS –AA ‰qS †q TVTTX A2 % Liquid-phase Reynolds number
ACETONE ABSORPTION COLUMN Required: “CONFIDENTIAL” Sh.a. DESIGNED: Arberor MITA Design group“ELMAGERARD” Liquid-phase Reynolds number Cv(qD –AAA 9…qD †q 9¡D ‡q REVFEB Cv(qI –AAA 9…qI †q 9¡I ‡q FQVFW Cv(qP –AAA 9…qP †q 9¡P ‡q QQVXFE Cv(qS –AAA 9…qS †q 9¡S ‡q BWVQFR Liquid-phase Froude number Ca'qD –AAA 9…qD u ¡D ¦ 9FVFF` BTGp Ca'qI –AAA 9…qI u ¡I ¦ 9BVTQB BTGp Ca'qP –AAA 9…qP u ¡P ¦ 9FVTR BTGp Ca'qS –AAA 9…qS u ¡S ¦ 9FV`R` BTGp Ratio ah/a 8ŠD A ¡‹ ¡ CŠD –99TVWR 6§D v(qD ‘ouj a'qD ‘oH TVWEB 8ŠI A ¡‹ ¡ CŠI –99TVWR 6§I v(qI ‘ouj a'qI ‘oH BVT` 8ŠP A ¡‹ ¡ CŠP –99TVWR 6§P v(qP ‘ouj a'qP ‘oH TVER 8ŠS A ¡‹ ¡ CŠS –99TVWR 6§S v(qS ‘ouj a'qS ‘oH BVTR` Effective specific surface area of packing C¡‹D –9ŠD ¡D WBVEQ` AB 2 C¡‹I –9ŠI ¡I BFRVQWQ AB 2 C¡‹P –9ŠP ¡P QBVFXW AB 2 C¡‹S –9ŠS ¡S FBYVBBX AB 2 H ŒLiquid holdup
ACETONE ABSORPTION COLUMN Required: “CONFIDENTIAL” Sh.a. DESIGNED: Arberor MITA Design group“ELMAGERARD” Liquid holdup C)qD –99BF ˜ h ™ AA a'qD v(qD d i e ŒH d ŠD Œu d TVBQX C)qI –99BF ˜ h ™ AA a'qI v(qI d i e ŒH d ŠI Œu d TVBE` C)qP –99BF ˜ h ™ AA a'qP v(qP d i e ŒH d ŠP Œu d TVBY C)qS –99BF ˜ h ™ AA a'qS v(qS d i e ŒH d ŠS Œu d TVFEX The gas dry pressure drop per meter of packing height (ΔP0/Z) was determined according to the following correlation: C…‚uhD –9iD AAAA 99¡D ŽcD u †g 9F ’sD UD d QFVTXB AA ¡ 2 C…‚uhI –9iI AAAA 99¡I ŽcI u †g 9F ’sI UI d BBBVY` AA ¡ 2 C…‚uhP –9iP AAAA 99¡P ŽcP u †g 9F ’sP UP d EXVXT` AA ¡ 2 C…‚uhS –9iS AAAA 99¡S ŽcS u †g 9F ’sS US d BYXVFYF AA ¡ 2 The gas overall pressure drop per meter of packing height (ΔP/Z) can be finally calculated: C…gˆD –9…‚uhD ˜ h h™ ˜ h ™ AAA UD fUD )qD d i e Hoj ( ŒŒ‘’“ u‘‘ d i ie BFEVQTF AA ¡ 2 C…gˆI –9…‚uhI ˜ h h™ ˜ h ™ AAA UI fUI )qI d i e Hoj ( ŒŒ‘’” u‘‘ d i ie BEYVFYF AA ¡ 2 C…gˆP –9…‚uhP ˜ h h™ ˜ h ™ AAA UP fUP )qP d i e Hoj ( ŒŒ‘’• u‘‘ d i ie BQEVYTX AA ¡ 2 C…gˆS –9…‚uhS ˜ h h™ ˜ h ™ AAA US fUS )qS d i e Hoj ( ŒŒ‘’– u‘‘ d i ie XTQVRXB AA ¡ 2 3.3. Diffusion coefficients Gas-phase diffusion coefficient: The theory describing diffusion processes in binary gas mixtures at low to moderate pressures has been studied extensively in recent years, and is well developed nowadays. Since the absorption process is a binary gas system taking place at
ACETONE ABSORPTION COLUMN Required: “CONFIDENTIAL” Sh.a. DESIGNED: Arberor MITA Design group“ELMAGERARD” 3.3. Diffusion coefficients Gas-phase diffusion coefficient: The theory describing diffusion processes in binary gas mixtures at low to moderate pressures has been studied extensively in recent years, and is well developed nowadays. Since the absorption process is a binary gas system taking place at low-pressure, the gas-phase diffusion coefficient can be estimated using the Wilke and Lee correlation : Gas diffusion coefficient 8—c AAAAAAAAA 9 ˜ h h™ fXVTX AAATVEW ˜˜˜˜u $™š d i ie BTGd “ Œd u 999  ˜˜˜˜u $™š ™š u ›œ Molecular weight of the gas mixture C$™š –F ˜ h ™ —AAB $efg AAB $etu d i e GH TVTXE AA£¦ 2© Colision diameter of the micture C™š –AAAA —efg etu F ˜™ 9XVREX BTGH‘de 2 Difusion colision diameter integral of the mixture 8›œ ———AAABVTYTXY “w‘oHjH‘ AAATVBEXTT ( y‘opždj Ÿ  AAABVTXRWQ ( yHoju€€ Ÿ  AAABVQY`Q` ( ydoz€pHH Ÿ  C“w –AAAA“ ˜˜˜˜˜˜˜u 9(efg (etu RVBX` C›œ –———AAABVTYTXY “w‘oHjH‘ AAATVBEXTT ( y‘opždj Ÿ  AAABVTXRWQ ( yHoju€€ Ÿ  AAABVQY`Q` ( ydoz€pHH Ÿ  TVWXE C—c 99BTVW BTG AA2u % Liquid-phase diffusion coefficient: Compared with the kinetic theory behind the gases behavior, which is well developed and available today, the theoretical basis of the internal structure of liquids and their transport characteristics are still insufficient to permit a rigorous treatment. Usually, liquid diffusion coefficients are several orders of magnitude smaller than gas diffusivities, and depend mostly on concentration profiles due to changes in viscosity, as well as some changes in the degree of ideality of the solution. To determine the liquid-phase diffusion coefficient in binary systems for solutes transport to aqueous solutions, the Hayduk and Minhas correlation was used: Liquid-phase diffusion coefficient 8—q AAAAAAAAAAAA 99BVFR BTGz ˜™ fgˆ‹ G‘oH€ TVFEFde “Hoju ‡q ¡ BTTT 8¥ AAEVRW gˆ‹ BVBF C—q 99BVBW BTG€ AA2u % 3.4. Mass transfer coefficients To determine the mass transfer coefficients for both phases, two correlations were used which were obtained from an extensive study, that involved measurement and correlation of mass- transfer coefficients for 31 different binary and ternary systems, equipped with 67 different types and sizes of packings, in columns of diameter ranging from 6 cm to 1.4 m.
ACETONE ABSORPTION COLUMN Required: “CONFIDENTIAL” Sh.a. DESIGNED: Arberor MITA Design group“ELMAGERARD” 3.4. Mass transfer coefficients To determine the mass transfer coefficients for both phases, two correlations were used which were obtained from an extensive study, that involved measurement and correlation of mass- transfer coefficients for 31 different binary and ternary systems, equipped with 67 different types and sizes of packings, in columns of diameter ranging from 6 cm to 1.4 m. Gas-phase convective mass-transfer coefficient (kG): 8£c 9999TVBXT` 6D ˜ h ™ AAA 9—c   9v “ d i e ˜ h h™ AAAAA ¡D ˜˜˜˜˜˜˜˜˜˜u 9UD ˜™ fUD )qde d i ie ˜ h ™ AA v(c ’s d i e Œd p #¢c Œu d ScG - Shmit number for gas phase C#¢c –AAA ‡g 9†g —c TVWWW C£cD –99999TVBXT` 6D ˜ h ™ AAA 9—c   9v “ d i e ˜ h h™ AAAAAA ¡D ˜˜˜˜˜˜˜˜˜˜˜u 9UD ˜™ fUD )qDde d i ie ˜ h ™ AA v(cD ’sD d i e Œd p #¢c XV`YQ AA2© 92u % C£cI –99999TVBXT` 6I ˜ h ™ AAA 9—c   9v “ d i e ˜ h h™ AAAAAA ¡I ˜˜˜˜˜˜˜˜˜˜˜u 9UI ˜™ fUI )qIde d i ie ˜ h ™ AA v(cI ’sI d i e Œd p #¢c XVXWX AA2© 92u % C£cP –99999TVBXT` 6P ˜ h ™ AAA 9—c   9v “ d i e ˜ h h™ AAAAAA ¡P ˜˜˜˜˜˜˜˜˜˜˜u 9UP ˜™ fUP )qPde d i ie ˜ h ™ AA v(cP ’sP d i e Œd p #¢c XVFRX AA2© 92u % C£cS –99999TVBXT` 6S ˜ h ™ AAA 9—c   9v “ d i e ˜ h h™ AAAAAA ¡S ˜˜˜˜˜˜˜˜˜˜˜u 9US ˜™ fUS )qSde d i ie ˜ h ™ AA v(cS ’sS d i e Œd p #¢c XVRX` AA2© 92u % Liquid-phase convective mass-transfer coefficient (kL): C£qD –99TVQRQ 64D ˜ h ™ AAAA 99—q ¡D ŽqD 9UD )qD d i e ‘oj ˜™ 9`VER BTGjde A2 % C£qI –99TVQRQ 64I ˜ h ™ AAAA 99—q ¡I ŽqI 9UI )qI d i e ‘oj ˜™ 9`VWWR BTGjde A2 % C£qP –99TVQRQ 64P ˜ h ™ AAAA 99—q ¡P ŽqP 9UP )qP d i e ‘oj ˜™ 9RV`BW BTGjde A2 % C£qS –99TVQRQ 64S ˜ h ™ AAAA 99—q ¡S ŽqS 9US )qS d i e ‘oj ˜™ 9RVYFR BTGjde A2 % where: CL – Mass transfer factor a – Mass transfer surface area per unit volume 3.5. Packing Height In those systems handling dilute solutions and when Henry’s law applies, is very usual and convenient to work with overall mass-transfer coefficients in order to calculate the packing height (Z), which can be determined by the following expression:
ACETONE ABSORPTION COLUMN Required: “CONFIDENTIAL” Sh.a. DESIGNED: Arberor MITA Design group“ELMAGERARD” where: – Mass transfer factor a – Mass transfer surface area per unit volume 3.5. Packing Height In those systems handling dilute solutions and when Henry’s law applies, is very usual and convenient to work with overall mass-transfer coefficients in order to calculate the packing height (Z), which can be determined by the following expression: 8„ —§ˆ¢c £ˆ¢c where: HtOG – Overall height of a gas-phase transfer units NtOG – Overall number of gas-phase transfer units Prior to determine the values of HTU and NTU, it will be necessary to calculate several parameters first, which are the inlet gas molar velocity [GMy(1)]; the outlet gas molar velocity [GMy(2)]; the average molar gas velocity (GMy); the inlet liquid molar velocity [GMx(2)]; the outlet liquid molar velocity [GMx(1)]; the absorption factor at the bottom [A(1)] and top [A(2)] of the column ; the geometric average of the absorption factor (A) ; the ethanol molar composition of outlet gas [yeth(2)] ; the volumetric gas-phase (KvG) and liquid-phase (KvL) mass-transfer coefficients ; the overall volumetric mass-transfer coefficient (Km); the overall height of a gas- phase transfer unit (HtOG) ; the overall number of gas-phase transfer units (NtOG); and finally the packing height (Z). Inlet gas molar velocity 8¤¥h¦ AAA ` §c 9… ¨u Gas molar flow rate C§c –AAA 9bc †g $c ˜™ 9FVQRE BTjde AA2© )' Inlet gas molar velocity C¤¥h¦D –AAA ` §c 9… ¨D u E`VYTW AA2© 92u % C¤¥h¦I –AAA ` §c 9… ¨I u RQVFRB AA2© 92u % C¤¥h¦P –AAA ` §c 9… ¨P u BTTVRWE AA2© 92u % C¤¥h¦S –AAA ` §c 9… ¨S u YYVRQW AA2© 92u % 8¤¥h© AAAAA ` ˜™ f§c §gˆ‹elmde 9… ¨u Molar flow of ethanol absorbed C§efgelm –99AAA 9bc †g $c 7efg vw TVQYY AA2© % Outlet gas molar velocity
ACETONE ABSORPTION COLUMN Required: “CONFIDENTIAL” Sh.a. DESIGNED: Arberor MITA Design group“ELMAGERARD” Outlet gas molar velocity C¤¥h©D –AAAAA ` ˜™ f§c §efgelmde 9… ¨D u EXVYYF AA2© 92u % C¤¥h©I –AAAAA ` ˜™ f§c §efgelmde 9… ¨I u RYVYQE AA2© 92u % C¤¥h©P –AAAAA ` ˜™ f§c §efgelmde 9… ¨P u EEVRWX AA2© 92u % C¤¥h©S –AAAAA ` ˜™ f§c §efgelmde 9… ¨S u YRVEBX AA2© 92u % Average molar gas velocity C¤¥hD –AAAAA —¤¥h¦D ¤¥h©D F E`VBXR AA2© 92u % C¤¥hI –AAAAA —¤¥h¦I ¤¥h©I F RYVEYR AA2© 92u % C¤¥hP –AAAAA —¤¥h¦P ¤¥h©P F BTTVTWY AA2© 92u % C¤¥hS –AAAAA —¤¥h¦S ¤¥h©S F YYVF`Y AA2© 92u % Inlet liquid molar velocity 8¤¥ª© AAA ` §q 9… ¨u Inlet liquid molar flow rate C§q –AA 2q $s FBWVRFF AA2© % C¤¥ª©D –AAA ` §q 9… ¨D u FYEVQB AA2© 92u % C¤¥ª©I –AAA ` §q 9… ¨I u BYXVFBX AA2© 92u % C¤¥ª©P –AAA ` §q 9… ¨P u FWYVQYB AA2© 92u % C¤¥ª©S –AAA ` §q 9… ¨S u BWEVWT` AA2© 92u %
ACETONE ABSORPTION COLUMN Required: “CONFIDENTIAL” Sh.a. DESIGNED: Arberor MITA Design group“ELMAGERARD” Outlet liquid molar velocity C¤¥ª¦D –AAAAA ` ˜™ f§q §efgelmde 9… ¨D u FYWVQY` AA2© 92u % C¤¥ª¦I –AAAAA ` ˜™ f§q §efgelmde 9… ¨I u BYFVY`B AA2© 92u % C¤¥ª¦P –AAAAA ` ˜™ f§q §efgelmde 9… ¨P u FWRVQRR AA2© 92u % C¤¥ª¦S –AAAAA ` ˜™ f§q §efgelmde 9… ¨S u BWEVBXW AA2© 92u %Absorption factor at the bottom –• FVXB` C«¬D –AAAA ­®¯¬D 9­®h¬D • BVFFW C«¬I –AAA ­®¯¬I 9­®h¬I • BVFFW C«¬P –AAA ­®¯¬P 9­®h¬P • BVFFW C«¬S –AAA ­®¯¬S 9­®h¬S • BVFFW Absorption factor at the top C«°D –AAAA ­®¯°D 9­®h°D • BVF`R C«°I –AAA ­®¯°I 9­®h°I • BVF`R C«°P –AAA ­®¯°P 9­®h°P • BVF`R C«°S –AAA ­®¯°S 9­®h°S • BVF`R Geometric average of the absorption factor C«D –AAAA —«¬D «°D F BVFXY C«I –AAAA —«¬I «°I F BVFXY C«P –AAAA —«¬P «°P F BVFXY C«S –AAAA —«¬S «°S F BVFXY Ethanol molar composition of outlet gas
ACETONE ABSORPTION COLUMN Required: “CONFIDENTIAL” Sh.a. DESIGNED: Arberor MITA Design group“ELMAGERARD” Ethanol molar composition of outlet gas C7efgr –97efg ss fB vwtt 9BT BTG± Volumetric gas-phase mass-transfer coefficient C’ScD –9£cD ¡‹D FW`VFBR AA2© 92d % C’ScI –9£cI ¡‹I `FRVRQF AA2© 92d % C’ScP –9£cP ¡‹P FXBVQRY AA2© 92d % C’ScS –9£cS ¡‹S QYXVW`R AA2© 92d % Volumetric liquid-phase mass-transfer coefficient C¢ –AA †q $s ˜™ 9RVRXE BTpde AA2© 2d C’SqD –99£qD ¡‹D ¢ FF`VQ`` AA2© 92d % C’SqI –99£qI ¡‹I ¢ X`TVX`F AA2© 92d % C’SqP –99£qP ¡‹P ¢ FBXVQEF AA2© 92d % C’SqS –99£qS ¡‹S ¢ YQXVXTW AA2© 92d % Overall volumetric mass-transfer coefficient C’‰D –AAAAAB —AAB ’ScD AA• ’SqD QFVXEW AA2© 92d % C’‰I –AAAAAB —AAB ’ScI AA• ’SqI BTEVXF AA2© 92d % C’‰P –AAAAAB —AAB ’ScP AA• ’SqP YYVTYY AA2© 92d % C’‰S –AAAAAB —AAB ’ScS AA• ’SqS FBTVQXW AA2© 92d % Overall height of a gas-phase transfer unit
ACETONE ABSORPTION COLUMN Required: “CONFIDENTIAL” Sh.a. DESIGNED: Arberor MITA Design group“ELMAGERARD” Overall height of a gas-phase transfer unit C§ˆ²cD –AA ­®hD ’‰D BVX 2 C§ˆ²cI –AA ­®hI ’‰I TVRFB 2 C§ˆ²cP –AA ­®hP ’‰P BVRBR 2 C§ˆ²cS –AA ­®hS ’‰S TVXB` 2 Product streams and composition C³ –´c ˜™ 9FVQRE BTjde AA2© )' C7³ TVTB AA2© 2© Cni T Molar ratio of acetone in the input gas Cp³ –AA 7³ fB 7³ TVTB AA2© 2©Molar flowrate of carier gas C –9³ ˜™ fB p³de ˜™ 9FVQXF BTjde AA2© )'Concentration of acetone in the output gas C7i –9¢hi AAA $etu 9$efg †g ˜™ 9FV`QB BTGjde AA2© 2© Molar ratio of acetone in the output gas Cpi –AA 7i fB 7i ˜™ 9FV`QB BTGjde AA2© 2© Molar ratio of acetone in the output liquid (equilibrium case) Cn³‰ –A p³ • TVTT` AA2© 2©Molar flowrate of liquid C4 –AA 2qr $s ˜™ 9QVQQW BTjde AA2© )' Molar ratio of acetone in the output liquid Cn³ –—ni A 4 ˜™ fp³ pide TVTT` AA2© 2© Diferece in molar ratios of acetone in the output gas Cƒp³ –fp³ 9• n³ TVTTF AA2© 2©Diferece in molar ratios of acetone in the input gas Cƒpi –—pi 9• ni ˜™ 9FV`QB BTGjde AA2© 2© Number of gas-phase transfer units
ACETONE ABSORPTION COLUMN Required: “CONFIDENTIAL” Sh.a. DESIGNED: Arberor MITA Design group“ELMAGERARD” Number of gas-phase transfer units C´ˆ²cD –9AAAA fp³ pi fƒp³ ƒpi qr ˜ h ™ AA ƒp³ ƒpi d i e FXVFTB C´ˆ²cI –9AAAA fp³ pi fƒp³ ƒpi qr ˜ h ™ AA ƒp³ ƒpi d i e FXVFTB C´ˆ²cP –9AAAA fp³ pi fƒp³ ƒpi qr ˜ h ™ AA ƒp³ ƒpi d i e FXVFTB C´ˆ²cS –9AAAA fp³ pi fƒp³ ƒpi qr ˜ h ™ AA ƒp³ ƒpi d i e FXVFTB Packing height C„ –9´ˆ²cD §ˆ²cD XTVBYQ 2 C„ –9´ˆ²cI §ˆ²cI BFVTE 2 C„ –9´ˆ²cP §ˆ²cP XRVB`W 2 C„ –9´ˆ²cS §ˆ²cS QVFEX 2 3.6. Operating and equilibrium lines The operating line will be elaborated using the following data: Mole fraction of acetone in inlet gas mixture [yace(1)] = 0.01 Mole fraction of acetone in outlet gas mixture [yace(2)] = 9FV`QB BTGj Mole fraction of acetone in inlet liquid [xace(2)] = 0. Mole fraction of acetone in outlet liquid [xace(1)] = TVTTX The operating line points C7ww TVTB 9FV`QB BTGj µ ¶· ¸ ¹º C»ww TVTTX T µ ¶· ¸ ¹º The equilibrium line for the absortion system 8887w 9• » 9A§   » 9FVXB` » C7wss»tt 9FVXB` » The operating and equilibrium line for the absortion system
ACETONE ABSORPTION COLUMN Required: “CONFIDENTIAL” Sh.a. DESIGNED: Arberor MITA Design group“ELMAGERARD” The operating and equilibrium line for the absortion system ¼½¼¼¾ ¼½¼¼¿ ¼½¼¼À ¼½¼¼Á ¼½¼¼Â ¼½¼¼Ã ¼½¼¼Ä ¼½¼¼Å ¼ ¼½¼¼Æ ¼½¼Æ ÄÇƼÈÉ ¼½¼¼Æ ¼½¼¼¾ ¼½¼¼¾ ¼½¼¼¾ ¼½¼¼¿ ¼½¼¼¿ ¼½¼¼À¼ ÀÇƼÈÉ ¼½¼¼À » »ww 9FVXB` » 7ww
ACETONE ABSORPTION COLUMN Required: “CONFIDENTIAL” Sh.a. DESIGNED: Arberor MITA Design group“ELMAGERARD”
ACETONE ABSORPTION COLUMN Required: “CONFIDENTIAL” Sh.a. DESIGNED: Arberor MITA Design group“ELMAGERARD”
ACETONE ABSORPTION COLUMN Required: “CONFIDENTIAL” Sh.a. DESIGNED: Arberor MITA Design group“ELMAGERARD”
ACETONE ABSORPTION COLUMN Required: “CONFIDENTIAL” Sh.a. DESIGNED: Arberor MITA Design group“ELMAGERARD”
ACETONE ABSORPTION COLUMN Required: “CONFIDENTIAL” Sh.a. DESIGNED: Arberor MITA Design group“ELMAGERARD”
ACETONE ABSORPTION COLUMN Required: “CONFIDENTIAL” Sh.a. DESIGNED: Arberor MITA Design group“ELMAGERARD”
ACETONE ABSORPTION COLUMN Required: “CONFIDENTIAL” Sh.a. DESIGNED: Arberor MITA Design group“ELMAGERARD”
ACETONE ABSORPTION COLUMN Required: “CONFIDENTIAL” Sh.a. DESIGNED: Arberor MITA Design group“ELMAGERARD”
ACETONE ABSORPTION COLUMN Required: “CONFIDENTIAL” Sh.a. DESIGNED: Arberor MITA Design group“ELMAGERARD” 4.0 Designig of internals (Designing of internals is proprietary knowledge for me so I will not give you a step by step guide how to design or select internals, instead I will give you a the theoretical fundamentals on how to do i ) Theoretical fundamentalsThe basis of any distributor design is the exact knowledge of the discharge behaviour of liquids from ground holes and lateral rectangular slots or triangular
ACETONE ABSORPTION COLUMN Required: “CONFIDENTIAL” Sh.a. DESIGNED: Arberor MITA Design group“ELMAGERARD” 4.0 Designig of internals (Designing of internals is proprietary knowledge for me so I will not give you a step by step guide how to design or select internals, instead I will give you a the theoretical fundamentals on how to do it) Theoretical fundamentalsThe basis of any distributor design is the exact knowledge of the discharge behaviour of liquids from ground holes and lateral rectangular slots or triangular notches. The following refers to circular ground orifices but can be applied analogously to rectangular slots or triangular notches as well. The fundamentals of the discharge behaviour of fluids out of circular openings stretch back to the year 1644, where Torricelli developed Equation 1.Michael Schultes, Werner Grosshans, Steffen Müller and Michael Rink, Raschig GmbH, Germany, present a modern liquid distributor and redistributor design. ÊËÌÍ ÎÎÎÎÎÏ ÐÑ Ò Ó Equation 1 describes the theoretical discharge velocity of liquids, wth, from orifices as a function of the gravitational acceleration, g, and the liquid head above the orifice, h. If one multiplies this theoretical velocity, wth, by the cross-sectional area of a hole, Ah, and the number of discharge holes of a liquid distributor, n, then one achieves the theoretical total volume rate, , which can flow out of a liquid distributor (Equation 2). ÊÔÌÍ ÐÐÕÍ Ö ÎÎÎÎÎÏ ÐÑ Ò Ó Equation 2 applies under ideal conditions, i.e. assuming that the flow through the hole imparts no resistance to the flow of liquid. But in reality, streamlines of different velocities are formed due to the sharp edged holes which cause deflection of the liquid jet flow (Figure 1). For describing the flow behaviour of the liquid jet flow, one has to interpret two effects. First the jet contraction and second the jet velocity. The orientation of the streamlines causes the jet of liquid to contract when it leaves the ground hole. This effect can be described mathematically by a contraction coefficient, CC. Friction losses, caused by shearing forces of the fluid, influence the velocity of the jet of liquid when it issues through the hole and can be described mathematically by a velocity coefficient, CV. The coefficients depend on the liquid head, the hole geometry and the physical properties of the liquid.The product of the contraction coefficient, CC, and the velocity coefficient, CV, results in the discharge coefficient, CD = CC · CV, which describes the difference between the effective volume rate, , and the theoretical value,. Only the discharge coefficient, CD, can be derived from experimental investigations directly. ÊÔ ÐÐÐ×Ø ÕÍ Ö ÎÎÎÎÎÏ ÐÑ Ò Ó The discharge coefficient, CD, is described in the literature according to Table1 as a constant value in function of the hole geometry only. Actual discharge behaviour If one describes the flow through a hole on the basis of an energy balance, equilibrium can be set up according to Equation 4. The inflowing volume, , acts on the hole with the potential energy (?L -?V)gh while the out flowing volume rate leaves the hole as a jet flow with the kinetic energy (?Lw2/2). The energy of the jet leaving the hole is less than that of the
ACETONE ABSORPTION COLUMN Required: “CONFIDENTIAL” Sh.a. DESIGNED: Arberor MITA Design group“ELMAGERARD” Actual discharge behaviour If one describes the flow through a hole on the basis of an energy balance, equilibrium can be set up according to Equation 4. The inflowing volume, , acts on the hole with the potential energy (?L -?V)gh while the out flowing volume rate leaves the hole as a jet flow with the kinetic energy (?Lw2/2). The energy of the jet leaving the hole is less than that of the inflowing liquid since the contraction and friction loss of the jet has consumed energy characterised by in Equation 4. ÊÐÐÐÙÚ ÛÜÝ ÜÞßà Ò Ó Ô áÐÐâ ÜÝ Ñ ãÏ Ô ä In Equation 4, ρL describes the liquid density and ρV the gas density; g describes the gravitational acceleration, h describes the liquid head above the hole, and w describes the current velocity of the jet. By including Equation 3 in Equation 4, Equation 5 follows for the coefficient of discharge CD. The second term of the right side of Equation 5 describes the energy consumption E divided by the potential energy for a certain liquid head above the hole h and for a volume flow rate V. The energy consumption E tends to zero for low flow rates. Consequently, the coefficient of discharge CD tends to unity for low flow rates in case the gas density can be neglected compared to the liquid density. Ê×Ø ÎÎÎÎÎÎÎÎÎÎÎÎÎÎÎÏ Ûâââ ÛÜÝ ÜÞ ÜÝ ââââä ÐÐÐÜÝ Ò Ó Ô Systematic investigations have shown that the discharge coefficient, CD = CC CV is a variable which is dependent on several influencing parameters. An expression for the energy consumption E was evaluated that allows an accurate prediction of the coefficient of discharge CD.Following the influencing parameters on the overall coefficient of discharge, CD, will be discussed in detail (Figure 2). Figure 2 shows measurement points for the discharge coefficient, CD, for water at ambient temperature as a function of the liquid head, h, for various hole diameters, d. It also shows the constant CD = 0.62 recorded in the literature for holes whose dimensions are larger than the depth of the hole.12 It can be clearly seen that the discharge coefficients only approximate the value given in the literature if the liquid head is great and hole diameters large. With decreasing liquid head, the discharge coefficient rises significantly with the result that the discharge behaviour with small liquid head deviate more favourable from discharge behaviour according to Table 1 than with large liquid head. This can be explained by the fact that as the liquid head decreases, the horizontal velocity component decreases and therefore a reduction of the contraction of the jet occurs. Figure 2 also shows that with decreasing hole diameter, the discharge coefficient rises, i.e. the contraction is reduced by the counteraction of the horizontal velocity components. In case of small liquid heads, tensile forces of the jet are also transferred even into the hole cross-section, with the result that the liquid is drawn out of the opening and, if the liquid level is calm, a vortex is formed. This effect is more marked in the case of large hole geometries than in the case of small hole geometries, as can be seen from the steeper curves in Figure 2 at low liquid heads. The relationships described only apply if the influence of the surface tension is negligible. For instance, in case of small holes and liquids with a high surface tension, a drop of liquid is formed beneath the hole, preventing the fluid from flowing out. Further factors that are influencing the coefficient of discharge but not discussed here are physical properties of the fluid (density, viscosity), elevation and orientation of holes, overflow velocity and ratio of hole diameter to deck thickness
ACETONE ABSORPTION COLUMN Required: “CONFIDENTIAL” Sh.a. DESIGNED: Arberor MITA Design group“ELMAGERARD” instance, in case of small holes and liquids with a high surface tension, a drop of liquid is formed beneath the hole, preventing the fluid from flowing out. Further factors that are influencing the coefficient of discharge but not discussed here are physical properties of the fluid (density, viscosity), elevation and orientation of holes, overflow velocity and ratio of hole diameter to deck thickness The dimensioning of liquid distributors In the dimensioning of liquid distributors, not only the discharge coefficient but also other design determining criteria have to be taken into account. In that manner, first the minimum liquid head, hmin , above a discharge hole of a liquid distributor must be determined. Here the flow velocity of the liquid in the distributor troughs is of decisive importance since flow gradients occur due to wall friction and lead to significant differences in height, particularly in case of low liquid heads. If these minimum liquid heads are not attained, considerable maldistribution of a distributor can occur, as described as follows. The minimal liquid level in a distributor Feeding liquid into a mass transfer column generally takes place via a feed pipe which first leads the liquid into a preliminary distribution trough called a parting box. Afterwards, the liquid reaches the individual distributor troughs lying below and flows in the troughs towards the column wall. Drag, due to wall friction, causes liquid head gradients to form in the distributor troughs, which has to be taken into account, particularly with low liquid levels. This is illustrated in Figure 3. For liquid flow in open trough systems the difference in height, ∆h, taking place along the trough can be calculated using Equation 6. It is a function of the wall friction factor, λ, hydraulic diameter, dh, gravitational acceleration, g, and flow velocity. Figure 3 shows the result of such a calculation for a trough with a width of b = 100 mm for various flow velocities as a function of the liquid head, h. ÊåÓ Ðæ âç èÍ ââãÏ Ñ Ò ÊÊèÍ é âÕ ê âââÐÓ ë áë Ñ Ó The following recommendations for the minimum liquid level, hmin , in distributor troughs can be derived from the observations of Figure 3. The minimum liquid head should not fall short of a value of 25 - 35 mm and at the same time the flow velocity in the troughs should be limited to a maximum of 0.5 m/s. Furthermore, the liquid head should be equivalent to at least twice the hole diameter in order to avoid vortex formation above the hole (Equation 7). The overall height of a distributor The overall height of a liquid distributor is first defined by the required liquid loading range. To this height, the hydrostatic pressure occurring as the result of the pressure drop of the gas phase as this passes the troughs of the distributor must be added. Furthermore,
ACETONE ABSORPTION COLUMN Required: “CONFIDENTIAL” Sh.a. DESIGNED: Arberor MITA Design group“ELMAGERARD” The following recommendations for the minimum liquid level, hmin , in distributor troughs can be derived from the observations of Figure 3. The minimum liquid head should not fall short of a value of 25 - 35 mm and at the same time the flow velocity in the troughs should be limited to a maximum of 0.5 m/s. Furthermore, the liquid head should be equivalent to at least twice the hole diameter in order to avoid vortex formation above the hole (Equation 7). The overall height of a distributor The overall height of a liquid distributor is first defined by the required liquid loading range. To this height, the hydrostatic pressure occurring as the result of the pressure drop of the gas phase as this passes the troughs of the distributor must be added. Furthermore, additional height is necessary if a foaming system is present and if a noticeable gas rate is injected into the liquid at the liquid feed point. The latter applies particularly in the case of high pressure systems if the degassing of the liquid is markedly restricted due to the small differences in density between the gas and the liquid. Furthermore, wave formation has to be taken into account in the case of flowing liquids. Liquid loading range By converting Equation 3, Equation 8 can be obtained which defines the necessary extra height, ?h1, of a liquid distributor resulting from a required loading range. ÊåÓì Ð Ù í íÚ ÛÐ Ù í Ú ââ Ôîïð Ôîñò ß ó à Ï Ù í Ú âââ Ð×ô Óîñò Ð×ô Óîïð ß ó à Ï ç ß ó óà Óîñò Reprinted from HydrocarbonEnginEEringJanuary2009 www.hydrocarbonengineering.com When calculating the necessary extra height, Figure 2 must be taken into account showing that the discharge coefficient, CD, provides larger values with the lower liquid head than with the higher liquid head. This yields greater overall heights than if a constant discharge coefficient is assumed. Gas phase pressure drop The pressure drop, which the gas flow undergoes when it passes through the narrowed distributor cross-section, can be calculated by Equation 9. ? is the drag coefficient for the sudden narrowing and expansion of flows, Fv is the gas capacity factor in the column, AC is the cross-sectional area of the column and AD is the free cross-sectional area of the distributor. Êåõ Ðâö Ñ ââ Õ÷ Ï ÕôÏ øù Ï Êåõ ÐÐÙÚ ÛÜÝ ÜÞßà Ò åÓú Ï This pressure drop causes a rise in hydrostatic pressure to the head of liquid in the distributor, which can be described with the aid of Equation 10. By equating Equation 9 and Equation 10, Equation 11 can be obtained for the description of the second portion, ?h2, for the overall height of a distributor. ÊåÓú Ðââââç ÐÙÚ ÛÜÝ ÜÞßà Ò âö Ñ ââ Õ÷ Ï ÕôÏ øù Ï Foaming systemIn the case of a foaming system, the foam will be built up in particular in those areas in which a marked gas injection into the liquid takes place. This applies particularly to the transfer of the liquid from the feed pipe into the parting box, since relatively large quantities of liquid are transferred per transition point. Since the description of the foaming behaviour is very complex, it is advisable to use the foam or system factor, ?, which is described in the literature.13 This empirical factor is known for numerous mass transfer tasks and has to be taken into account by Equation 12, based on empirical equation, for the calculation of the additionally necessary distributor height, ?h3.
ACETONE ABSORPTION COLUMN Required: “CONFIDENTIAL” Sh.a. DESIGNED: Arberor MITA Design group“ELMAGERARD” Foaming systemIn the case of a foaming system, the foam will be built up in particular in those areas in which a marked gas injection into the liquid takes place. This applies particularly to the transfer of the liquid from the feed pipe into the parting box, since relatively large quantities of liquid are transferred per transition point. Since the description of the foaming behaviour is very complex, it is advisable to use the foam or system factor, ?, which is described in the literature.13 This empirical factor is known for numerous mass transfer tasks and has to be taken into account by Equation 12, based on empirical equation, for the calculation of the additionally necessary distributor height, ?h3. ÊåÓû ü Ù íÚ âç ý ß óà One must notice that system factors, listed in the literature, result from long term experience in designing tray columns and includes foaming and degassing effects in parallel. Experience is needed for avoiding overdesigns in taking system factor and degassing into account in parallel. The increase of liquid distributor height can, however, be markedly restricted if design methods are taken into account to reduce foaming. For instance, immersed elongated guide pipes at the feed pipe can be used to feed the liquid into the liquid level of the parting box and thus reduce foaming. Alternatively, guide sheets can be used as impulse dampers above the parting box, or a package of structured or random packings can be used within the parting box or distributor trough in order to support separation of gas and liquid. Degassing As has already been described, the high impulse transfer as liquid passes from the feed pipe into the parting box, causes gas also to be introduced with the jets of liquid into the liquid layer. The gas then occupies a noticeable volume in the amount of liquid, which causes the liquid level in the trough to rise. The additional extra height this requires is determined by the gas portion introduced and by the residence time of the gas in the liquid. The degassing behaviour is essentially defined by the buoyancy of the gas bubbles, i.e. by the difference in density between the gas and the liquid. Particularly in high pressure applications the density differences are small and therefore the degassing efficiency reduced. As is the case with foaming systems, the additional height, ?h4, which must be taken into account on the basis of the degassing behaviour can, until now, only be described on the basis of an empirical equation (Equation 13). ÊåÓþ ü Ù í Ú âââ ÜÝ ÙÚ ÛÜÝ ÜÞßà ß ó à The degassing of liquids can, however, be improved by design methods, similar to foaming behaviour. Wave formationIf the liquid is led from the distributor pipe into the parting box and then into the distributor troughs, the impulse transfer causes wave formation which is supported by the flow of the liquid in the troughs. The overall height of a distributor must be dimensioned so that the wave crests do not lead to a flooding of the distributor troughs or gas risers. Since the wave formation depends on the quantity of liquid to be distributed, it is advisable to design the additionally necessary distributor height, ?h5, according to Equation 14 as an empirical function of the liquid load. ÊåÓÿ üÙÚêÝßà Taking all the single heights into account, the necessary overall height is defined according to Equation 15. Conclusion Modern liquid distributor designs are relevant for good mass transfer efficiencies in packed columns. The article describes the flow behaviour of a liquid jet flow that is leaving a distributor via bottom holes. An equation is provided to describe the coefficient of discharge and influencing parameters are discussed. The height of a distributor trough has to take into account the recommended minimum liquid head, specified liquid loading range, gas pressure drop, foaming and degassing effects and wave creations. This subject is described as well. ÊåÓÌ ÌïÝ áááááÓîñò åÓì åÓú åÓû åÓþ åÓÿ 5.0 Determination of nozzles inside diameters Liquid feed of first distributor nozzle dimension
ACETONE ABSORPTION COLUMN Required: “CONFIDENTIAL” Sh.a. DESIGNED: Arberor MITA Design group“ELMAGERARD” columns. The article describes the flow behaviour of a liquid jet flow that is leaving a distributor via bottom holes. An equation is provided to describe the coefficient of discharge and influencing parameters are discussed. The height of a distributor trough has to take into account the recommended minimum liquid head, specified liquid loading range, gas pressure drop, foaming and degassing effects and wave creations. This subject is described as well. 5.0 Determination of nozzles inside diameters Liquid feed of first distributor nozzle dimension ¡¢£¤¤Øì ¥¦§ ⨠© ¡Õò£¤¤Ø âââ ¨ ÐÜ ¢£¤¤Øì §¦¥¥ ¨ Ï ¡ò£¤¤Ø ÎÎÎÎÎÎÎÏ âââ Ðé Õò£¤¤Ø ¥¦ ¨¨ We accept ¡ò£¤¤Ø ¨¨ Sch 40 Liquid feed second distributor nozzle dimension and outlet nozzle ¡¢£¤¤Øú ¥¦§ ⨠© ¡Õò  Ì âââ ¨ ÐÜ ¢£¤¤Øú §¦¥¥ ¨ Ï ¡ò  Ì ÎÎÎÎÎÎÎÏ âââ Ðé Õò  Ì ¥¦ ¨¨ We accept ¡ò  Ì ¨¨ Sch 40 Gas feed inlet nozzle dimension ¡¢  Ì ç ⨠© ¡Õò! ââ #$ ¢  Ì 饦éç ¨ Ï ¡ò! ÎÎÎÎÎÎÏ âââ Ðé Õò! %¥¦ç¥§ ¨¨ We accept ¡ò! %¥é¦ ¨¨ Sch 20 Gas feed outet nozzle dimension ¡¢  Ì ç ⨠© ¡ÕòÌ ââ #$ ¢  Ì 饦éç ¨ Ï ¡òÌ ÎÎÎÎÎÎÏ âââ Ðé ÕòÌ %¥¦ç¥§ ¨¨ We accept ¡ò! %¥é¦ ¨¨ Sch 20 6.0 Mechanical design of absortion column as per ASME S8. Di1/Di2
ACETONE ABSORPTION COLUMN Required: “CONFIDENTIAL” Sh.a. DESIGNED: Arberor MITA Design group“ELMAGERARD” 6.0 Mechanical design of absortion column as per ASME S8. Di1/Di2 ¡Ì ¤! ç%¥¥ ¨¨ Diameter of the tower ¡' Ðç¦ ââ(Ò ¨ Ï Working pressure ¡'ô Ð% ââ(Ò ¨ Ï Design pressure ¡) Ñ 0× Working temperature ¡)ô %¥ 0× Design temperature ÛÛ1Õ ç§ ¥ 2 Shell material: carbon steel plate ¡3ïÝ  ç饥 ââ(Ò ¨ Ï Permissible tensile stress ¡ä ÐÐÑ ç¥ 4 ââ(Ò ¨ Ï Elastic modulus ¡5 ¥¦ Joint efficiency ¡×Õ % ¨¨ Corrosion allowance ¡6 çé ¨ Overall packing height ¡6ì Ñ¥¥¥ ¨¨ Top disengaging space ¡6ú Ñ¥¥¥ ¨¨ Bottom disengaging space ¡6û Ñ¥¥¥ ¨¨ Middle liquid distribution space ¡7Ì ¤! ááá6 6ì 6ú 6ú Ñ¥ ¨ Shell length ¡689ñ!Ì Ñ¥¥ ¨¨ Skirt length ¡'@ %Ñ¥ ââ(Ò ¨ A Packing weight ¡6@ì Ñ¥¥¥ ¨¨ First packing section initial distance of applied weight from the top ¡6@B ¥¥¥ ¨¨ First and second packing height ¡6@ú ç祥¥ ¨¨ Second packing section initial distance of applied weight from the top ¡Cì Ñ¥¥ (Ò Top internals weight ¡6Cì 祥 ¨¨ Top internals distance of applied weight from the top Middle span internas weight
ACETONE ABSORPTION COLUMN Required: “CONFIDENTIAL” Sh.a. DESIGNED: Arberor MITA Design group“ELMAGERARD” ¡Cú é¥ (Ò Middle span internas weight ¡6Cú 祥¥¥ ¨¨ Middle internals distance of applied weight from the top ¡Cû ç¥ (Ò Bottom span internas weight ¡6Cû 祥¥ ¨¨ Bottom internals distance of applied weight from the top ¡ËDñD¤8EÝïؤ!8 ç¥ â(Ò ¨ Weight of attachment (pipes, ladders platform) ¡'ì ç%¥ ââ(Ò ¨ Ï Wind pressure up to 20m ¡'ú ç¥ ââ(Ò ¨ Ï Wind pressure beyond 20 m ¡F8Ì ¥¥ ââ(Ò ¨ A Steel density ¡ËDÝ çÑ (Ò Weight of a plate 6.1 Minimum shell thickness ¡G8 áââ Ì ¤! Ñ Ù íÚ ÛH III PQ RSTUVW X ç ß óà ×Õ é¦§éç ¨¨ We accept: ¡G8 § ¨¨ Checking maximum pressure allowed before plastic deformation starts to occur ¡ê Yç¦ Minimum elastic deformation alued from the curve ¡'8¤Ý âââââââââââââââ ÐÐÑ 3ïÝ  ÙÚ ÛG8 ×Õßà Ù í Ú áç ÐÐç¦ ê Ù í Ú Ûç ââââ Ð¥¦Ñ Ì ¤! 7Ì ¤! ß ó à ß ó à Ð祥 G8 çé¦%çç ââ(Ò ¨ Ï The alouble pressure is greater than the design pressure, hence the thickness is satisfactory with respect of plastic deformation 6.2 Torispherical head design Determine, D, assume values for Rc, Rk and tt ¡`a Ì ¤! ç¦% ¨ Crown radius ¡`9 ¥¦¥§ç% Ì ¤! ¥ ¨¨ Knuckle radius ¡GÌ § ¨¨ Torispherical head thickness Compute the head Rc/ D, Rk / D, and Rc/ ratios and determine if the following equations are satisfied.
ACETONE ABSORPTION COLUMN Required: “CONFIDENTIAL” Sh.a. DESIGNED: Arberor MITA Design group“ELMAGERARD” Compute the head Rc/ D, Rk / D, and Rc/ tt ratios and determine if the following equations are satisfied. bb¥¦ ââ `a Ì ¤! ç cââ `9 Ì ¤! ¥¦¥§ bbÑ¥ â `a GÌ Ñ¥¥¥ Calculate the geometric constants th, th, R th.d e ¡dÌÍ fghi Ù í Ú âââââ ÛÐ¥¦ Ì ¤! `9 Û`a `9 ß ó à 禥 ¡eÌÍ âââ ÎÎÎÎÎÏ Ð`a GÌ `9 ç¦ç¥é Since , calculate Rth as follows:peÌÍ dÌÍ ¡`ÌÍ ââ Ì ¤! Ñ §¥ ¨¨ Determine the coefficient C1 and C2 ¡×ì ÛЦ%ç ââ `9 Ì ¤! ¥¦¥§ ¥¦é ¡×ú ç¦Ñ Calculate the value of internal pressure expected to produce elastic buckling of the knuckle,Peth ¡'¤ÌÍ ââââââ ÐÐ×ì ä GÌ Ï ÐÐ×ú `ÌÍ Ù í Ú Ûââ `ÌÍ Ñ `9 ß ó à 秦çç ââ(Ò ¨ Ï Calculate the value of internal pressure that will result in a maximum stress in the knuckle equal to the material yield strength Py. Since the allowable stress at design temperature is governed by time-independent properties, C3 is the material yield strength at the design temperature. ¡×û 3ïÝ  ¡'q âââââââ Ð×û GÌ ÐÐ×ú `ÌÍ Ù í Ú Ûââ `ÌÍ ÐÑ `9 ç ß ó à %¦%§ ââ(Ò ¨ Ï Calculate the value of internal pressure expected to result in a buckling failure of the knuckle, Pck. Calculate variable G. ¡r ââ '¤ÌÍ Ñ¦ç
ACETONE ABSORPTION COLUMN Required: “CONFIDENTIAL” Sh.a. DESIGNED: Arberor MITA Design group“ELMAGERARD” r 'q Since , Pck is determenined as:pr ç ¡'a9 Ð Ù í Ú ââââââââââââââáÛ¥¦¥ r ¥¦Ñ¥%é r Ï Ð¥¦¥çÑé r A áÛáç ¥¦ç¥çé r ¥¦¥%é r Ï ¥¦¥¥%§ r A ß ó à 'q §¦çé ââ(Ò ¨ Ï Calculate the allowable pressure based on a buckling failure of the knuckle, Pak. ¡'ï9 ââ 'a9 ç¦ é¦é% ââ(Ò ¨ Ï Calculate the allowable pressure based on rupture of the crown, Pac. ¡'ïa ââââ ÐÐÑ 3ïÝ  5 áâ `a GÌ âç Ñ ç¥¦ ââ(Ò ¨ Ï Calculate the maximum allowable internal pressure, Pa ¡'ï stu ÙÚ v'ï9 'ï9ßà é¦é% ââ(Ò ¨ Ï 'ï é¦é% ââ(Ò ¨ Ï p'ï 'ô 'ô % ââ(Ò ¨ Ï The alouble pressure is greater than the design pressure, hence the thickness is satisfactory. Weight of the torispherical head ¡ËÌ ÐF8Ì Ù í Ú ÐÐç¦é ââââ Ð Ì ¤! Ï é GÌ ß ó à §¦§§ (Ò
ACETONE ABSORPTION COLUMN Required: “CONFIDENTIAL” Sh.a. DESIGNED: Arberor MITA Design group“ELMAGERARD” 6.3 Shell thicnes at difrent heights Let X be the distance from the top of up to which we can use 6 mm thick shell 1.Circumferential stress induced in shell plate material at a distance X from the top of shell (due to internal pressure) ¡3wx ââââ Ð'ô Ì ¤! Ñ ÙÚ ÛG8 ×Õßà §¥ ââ(Ò ¨ Ï y3wx Ð3ïÝ  5 3wx will remain same for entire length 2.Various axial stresses induced due to internal in the shell plate material at a distance X from the top of the shell. -Axial stress induced due to internal pressure ¡3€wx ââââ Ð'ô Ì ¤! é ÙÚ ÛG8 ×Õßà %Ñ ââ(Ò ¨ Ï -Axial stress induced due to dead load Axial stress induced due to weight of the shell ÊÊ3€‚ ââââââââââââ ÐÐâ é Ù Ú ÛÙÚ áÌ ¤! Ñ G8ßà Ï Ì ¤! Ïß à F8Ì ƒ â é Ù Ú ÛÙÚ ÛáÌ ¤! Ñ G8 ×Õßà Ï Ì ¤! Ïß à ÐF8Ì ƒ ÊÊ3€‚ ÐF8Ì ƒ ÐÐ¥¦§ ƒ ââ(Ò ¨ Ï Axial stress induced due to weight of the packing ÊÊ3€x âââââââââââ ÐÐÐââââ Ð Ì ¤! Ï é '@ ƒ ¨ â é Ù Ú ÛÙÚ ÛáÌ ¤! G8 ×Õßà Ï Ì ¤! Ïß à Ч¦Ñ ƒ ââ(Ò ¨ Ï Axial stress induced due to weight of the internals Weight of the top internal per surface area ¡Ëñòì ââââ é Cì Ð Ì ¤! Ï ¥¦¥ç ââ(Ò ¨ Ï Weight of the middle internal per surface area ¡Ëñòú ââââ é Cú Ð Ì ¤! Ï ¥¦¥%é ââ(Ò ¨ Ï
ACETONE ABSORPTION COLUMN Required: “CONFIDENTIAL” Sh.a. DESIGNED: Arberor MITA Design group“ELMAGERARD” Weight of the bottom internal per surface area ¡Ëñòú ââââ é Cû Ð Ì ¤! Ï ¥¦¥çç ââ(Ò ¨ Ï Weight of liquid per meter of packing ¢x 祦§¥ ⨠ӄ Spread of the moving liquid in the packing ¡ËÝñîD âââ …† ¨ ÐÜ ¢† 禥%§ â⨠A ¨ Weight of liquid per length of the column ÊÊËÝñîD‡ ÐÐËÝñîD Ü ˆ ÐÐÐ禥%% ç¥ A ˆ â(Ò ¨ Axial stress induced due to weight of liquid ÊÊÊ3‰E‡ ââââââ ËÝñîD‡ ÐÐ Ì ¤! ÙÚ ÛG8 ×Õßà ââââÐç¥%% ˆ (Ò çÑ ¨ Ï Ð¦é% ˆ ââ(Ò ¨ Ï Axial stress induced due to weight of attachments ÊÊ3‡‰ âââââââ áËÌ ÐËDñD¤8EÝïؤ!8 ˆ ÐÐ Ì ¤! ÙÚ ÛG8 ×Õßà Б‘ ᥦç ç¦ÑÑé ˆ’’ ââ(Ò ¨ Ï Total axial stress due to dead loads Ê3‰ô ááá3‰‡“ 3‰‡†‡ 3‰E‡ 3‡‰ Êáááá‘‘ Ð¥¦§ ˆ’’ ‘‘§¦Ñ ˆ’’ ‘‘¦é% ˆ’’ ‘‘ áç¦ÑÑé ˆ ¥¦ç’’ ‘‘ áᥦ¥ç ¥¦¥%é ¥¦¥çÑ’’ ᥦç ç¦é§ç ˆ ' ÙÚ Ðç¦ ç¥ ” ßà ââ(Ò ¨ Ï Ê3‰ô ᥦç ç¦é§ç ˆ Axial stress induced due to wind load at a distance X from the top of the shell ÊÊÊ3‡ âââââââ ÐÐç¦é ' Ì ¤! ˆ Ï ÐÐ Ì ¤! Ï ÙÚ ÛG8 ×Õßà ââââââ Ðç¦é ' ˆ Ï ÐÐ Ì ¤! ÙÚ ÛG8 ×Õßà Ðç¦é ˆ Ï
ACETONE ABSORPTION COLUMN Required: “CONFIDENTIAL” Sh.a. DESIGNED: Arberor MITA Design group“ELMAGERARD” Maximum tensile stress induced in the shell plate material at a distance X from the top of the shell. ÊÊÊ3Ìîïð Ûá3‰•† 3‡ 3‰ô áÛ%Ñ ‘‘ ᥦç ç¦é§ç ˆ’’ Ðç¦é ˆ Ï áÛ%Ñ ç¦é§ç ˆ Ðç¦é ˆ Ï Maximum allowed length for kipping the same shell thickness according to tensile stress. ÊÊ3Ìîïð Ûá3‰•† 3‡ 3‰ô Ð3ïÝ  5 Ð3ïÝ  5 ÙÚ Ðç¦ç ç¥ A ßà ââ(Ò ¨ Ï ÊÛÛá3‰•† 3‡ 3‰ô Ð3ïÝ  5 ¥ ÊÊÛáÛÐç¦é ˆ Ï ç¦é§ç ˆ %Ñ çç¥ ÛÛÐç¦é ˆ Ï ç¦é§ç ˆ § ¥ Êʈ ââââââáÛë ÎÎÎÎÎÎÎÎÏ ÛëÏ Ðé @ Ñ @ ââââââââââââáç¦é§ç ÎÎÎÎÎÎÎÎÎÎÎÎÎÎÎÎÎÎÎÎÏ Ûç¦é§çÏ Ðé ç¦é ‘‘Û§’’ Ñ ç¦é ¡ˆ ââââââââââââáç¦é§ç ÎÎÎÎÎÎÎÎÎÎÎÎÎÎÎÎÎÎÎÎÏ Ûç¦é§çÏ Ðé ç¦é ‘‘Û§’’ Ñ ç¦é %¥¦Ñ The length x is almost the double off the length of our column hence the same shell thickness can be used through the column according to tensile stress Maximum compressive stress induced in the shell plate at a distance X from the top of the shell. ¡3÷‰ Ðâç çÑ ââââä % ÙÚ Ûç ¥¦% Ïßà ââââ Ñ ÙÚ ÛG8 ×Õßà Ì ¤! Ñç¦ ââ(Ò ¨ Ï Allowable compressive stress Maximum compressive stress induced in the shell plate material at a distance X from the top of the shell. ÊÊÊ3Ìîïð ááÛ3‰•† 3‡ 3‰ô ááÛ%Ñ ‘‘ ᥦç ç¦é§ç ˆ’’ Ðç¦é ˆ Ï ááÛ%Ñ ç¦é§ç ˆ Ðç¦é ˆ Ï Maximum allowed length for kipping the same shell thickness according to compressive stress. ÊÊ3Ìîïð Ûá3‰•† 3‡ 3‰ô Ð3÷‰ 5 ÊÛááÛ3‰•† 3‡ 3‰ô Ð3÷‰ 5 ¥ ÊÊÛÛáÐç¦é ˆ Ï ç%¦§ç ˆ %Ñ Ñé¥ ÛáÐç¦é ˆ Ï ç¦é§ç ˆ é§ ¥ Êʈ ââââââáÛë ÎÎÎÎÎÎÎÎÏ ÛëÏ Ðé @ Ñ @ âââââââââââáÛç¦é§ç ÎÎÎÎÎÎÎÎÎÎÎÎÎÎÎÎÎÏ Ûç¦é§çÏ Ðé ç¦é é§ Ñ ç¦é ¡ˆ ââââââââââââáÛç¦é§ç ÎÎÎÎÎÎÎÎÎÎÎÎÎÎÎÎÎÎÎÏ Ûç¦é§çÏ Ðé ç¦é Ûé§ çѦ§¥é
ACETONE ABSORPTION COLUMN Required: “CONFIDENTIAL” Sh.a. DESIGNED: Arberor MITA Design group“ELMAGERARD” Ñ ç¦é §¥ The length x is less than the length of our column hence we have to use a different thickness in the half bottom of the column, for this reason we are going to use shell thickness of 8mm in the half bottom of it and redo the calculation again only for this section of the column. ¡G8 ¨¨ 2.Various axial stresses induced due to internal in the shell plate material at a distance X from the middle of the shell. -Axial stress induced due to internal pressure ¡3‰•† ââââ Ð'ô Ì ¤! é ÙÚ ÛG8 ×Õßà ç ââ(Ò ¨ Ï Weight of the top half of the column ¡ËÌ ¤!8ͤÝÝ–—ÿ áÐÐâ é Ù Ú ÛÙÚ áÌ ¤! Ñ G8ßà Ï Ì ¤! Ïß à ââ 7Ì ¤! Ñ F8Ì ËÌ ÙÚ ÐѦ§ç ç¥ A ßà (Ò ¡Ë†ï–—ÿ ÐÐ'@ â é Ì ¤! Ï 6@B ÙÚ ÐѦ% ç¥ A ßà (Ò ¡ËÌ ¤!8–—ÿ áááËÌ ¤!8ͤÝÝ–—ÿ ˆÿ Cì ââ Cú Ñ ÙÚ Ð§¦¥é ç¥ A ßà (Ò Total axial stress due to weight of half of the column ¡3‡–—ÿ âââââââââââ ËÌ ¤!8–—ÿ â é Ù Ú ÛÙÚ ÛáÌ ¤! G8 ×Õßà Ï Ì ¤! Ïß à ¦ç%é ââ(Ò ¨ Ï -Axial stress induced due to dead load Axial stress induced due to weight of the shell ÊÊ3‰‡“ ââââââââââââ ÐÐâ é Ù Ú ÛÙÚ áÌ ¤! Ñ G8ßà Ï Ì ¤! Ïß à F8Ì ˆ â é Ù Ú ÛÙÚ ÛáÌ ¤! Ñ G8 ×Õßà Ï Ì ¤! Ïß à ÐF8Ì ˆ ÊÊ3‰‡“ ÐF8Ì ˆ ÐÐ¥¦§ ˆ ââ(Ò ¨ Ï Axial stress induced due to weight of the packing ÊÊ3‰‡†‡ âââââââââââ ÐÐÐââââ Ð Ì ¤! Ï é '@ ˆ ¨ â Ù Ú ÛÙÚ ÛáÌ G ×Õßà Ï Ì Ïß à Ðé¦çÑ ˆ ââ(Ò ¨ Ï
ACETONE ABSORPTION COLUMN Required: “CONFIDENTIAL” Sh.a. DESIGNED: Arberor MITA Design group“ELMAGERARD” é ÚÚ áÌ ¤! G8 ×Õà Ì ¤! à Axial stress induced due to weight of the internals Weight of the top internal per surface area ¡Ëñòú ââââ Ñ Cú Ð Ì ¤! Ï ¥¦¥ç ââ(Ò ¨ Ï Weight of the bottom internal per surface area ¡Ëñòú ââââ é Cû Ð Ì ¤! Ï ¥¦¥çç ââ(Ò ¨ Ï Weight of liquid per meter of packing ¢† 祦§¥ ⨠ӄ Speed of the moving liquid in the packing ¡ËÝñîD âââ …† ¨ ÐÜ ¢† 禥%§ â⨠A ¨ Weight of liquid per length of the column ÊÊËÝñîD‡ ÐÐËÝñîD Ü ˆ ÐÐÐ禥%% ç¥ A ˆ â(Ò ¨ Axial stress induced due to weight of liquid ÊÊÊ3‰E‡ ââââââ ËÝñîD‡ ÐÐ Ì ¤! ÙÚ ÛG8 ×Õßà ââââÐç¥%% ˆ (Ò Ñ¥ ¨ Ï Ð¦¥§ç ˆ ââ(Ò ¨ Ï Axial stress induced due to weight of attachments ÊÊ3‡‰ âââââââ áËÌ ÐËDñD¤8EÝïؤ!8 ˆ ÐÐ Ì ¤! ÙÚ ÛG8 ×Õßà Б‘ ᥦéѧ ¥¦% ˆ’’ ââ(Ò ¨ Ï Total axial stress due to dead loads Ê3‰ô ááá3‰‡“ 3‰‡†‡ 3‰E‡ 3‡‰ Êáááá‘‘ Ð¥¦§ ˆ’’ ‘‘é¦çÑ ˆ’’ ‘‘¦¥§ç ˆ’’ ‘‘ ᥦ% ˆ ¥¦éѧ’’ ‘‘ áá¦ç%é ¥¦¥ç ¥¦¥çç’’ ᧥ ç¥¦Ñ ˆ Ê3‰ô ᧥ ç¥¦Ñ ˆ
ACETONE ABSORPTION COLUMN Required: “CONFIDENTIAL” Sh.a. DESIGNED: Arberor MITA Design group“ELMAGERARD” 3‰ô ᧥ ¥ Axial stress induced due to wind load at a distance X from the top of the shell ÊÊÊ3‡ âââââââ ÐÐç¦é ' Ì ¤! ˆ Ï ÐÐ Ì ¤! Ï ÙÚ ÛG8 ×Õßà ââââââ Ðç¦é ' ˆ Ï ÐÐ Ì ¤! ÙÚ ÛG8 ×Õßà Ð¥¦ç ˆ Ï Maximum tensile stress induced in the shell plate material at a distance X from the top of the shell. ÊÊÊ3Ìîïð Ûá3‰•† 3‡ 3‰ô áÛç ‘‘ ᧥ ç¥¦Ñ ˆ’’ Ð¥¦ç ˆ Ï áÛç% ç¥¦Ñ ˆ Ð¥¦ç ˆ Ï Maximum allowed length for kipping the same shell thickness according to tensile stress. ÊÊ3Ìîïð Ûá3‰•† 3‡ 3‰ô Ð3ïÝ  5 Ð3ïÝ  5 ÙÚ Ðç¦ç ç¥ A ßà ââ(Ò ¨ Ï ÊÛÛá3‰•† 3‡ 3‰ô Ð3ïÝ  5 ¥ ÊÊÛáÛÐ¥¦ç ˆ Ï ç¥¦Ñ ˆ ç% çç¥ ÛÛÐç¦é ˆ Ï ç%¦§ç ˆ ç¥ ¥ Êʈ ââââââáÛë ÎÎÎÎÎÎÎÎÏ ÛëÏ Ðé @ Ñ @ ââââââââââââáç¥¦Ñ ÎÎÎÎÎÎÎÎÎÎÎÎÎÎÎÎÎÎÎÎÎÏ Ûç¥¦Ñ Ï Ðé ¥¦ç ‘‘Û祒’ Ñ ¥¦ç ¡ˆ ââââââââââââáç¥¦Ñ ÎÎÎÎÎÎÎÎÎÎÎÎÎÎÎÎÎÎÎÎÎÏ Ûç¥¦Ñ Ï Ðé ¥¦ç ‘‘Û祒’ Ñ ¥¦ç é禥ç The length x is larger than the double off the length of our column hence the same shell thickness can be used through the column according to tensile stress Maximum compressive stress induced in the shell plate at a distance X from the top of the shell. ¡3÷‰ Ðâç çÑ ââââä % ÙÚ Ûç ¥¦% Ïßà ââââ Ñ ÙÚ ÛG8 ×Õßà Ì ¤! 駦§ç§ ââ(Ò ¨ Ï Allowable compressive stress Maximum compressive stress induced in the shell plate material at a distance X from the top of the shell. ÊÊÊ3Ìîïð ááÛ3‰•† 3‡ 3‰ô ááÛç ‘‘ ᧥ ç¥¦Ñ ˆ’’ Ð¥¦ç ˆ Ï ááÛç% ç¥¦Ñ ˆ Ð¥¦ç ˆ Ï Maximum allowed length for keeping the same shell thickness according to compressive stress. ÊÊ3Ìîïð Ûá3‰•† 3‡ 3‰ô Ð3÷‰ 5 ÊÛááÛ3‰•† 3‡ 3‰ô Ð3÷‰ 5 ¥ ÊÊÛÛáÐ¥¦ç ˆ Ï ç¥¦Ñ ˆ ç 駦§ç§ ÛáÐ¥¦ç ˆ Ï ç¥¦Ñ ˆ §§ ¥
ACETONE ABSORPTION COLUMN Required: “CONFIDENTIAL” Sh.a. DESIGNED: Arberor MITA Design group“ELMAGERARD” ᥠ¥ § § § ᥠ¥ §§ ¥ Êʈ ââââââáÛë ÎÎÎÎÎÎÎÎÏ ÛëÏ Ðé @ Ñ @ ââââââââââââáÛç¥¦Ñ ÎÎÎÎÎÎÎÎÎÎÎÎÎÎÎÎÎÎÎÏ Ûç¥¦Ñ Ï Ðé ¥¦ç Û§§ Ñ ¥¦ç ¡ˆ ââââââââââââáÛç¥¦Ñ ÎÎÎÎÎÎÎÎÎÎÎÎÎÎÎÎÎÎÎÏ Ûç¥¦Ñ Ï Ðé ¥¦ç Û§§ Ñ ¥¦ç Ñç¦çÑ ç% ¨C Ñç¦Ñ§ç (¨ Weight of tower ¡ËÌ ¤!8ͤÝÝ áÐÐâ é Ù Ú ÛÙÚ áÌ ¤! Ñ G8ßà Ï Ì ¤! Ïß à 7Ì ¤! F8Ì ÐÑ ËÌ ÙÚ Ð¦%¥Ñ ç¥ A ßà (Ò 7.0 Design of support Skirt support ¡89ñ!Ì ç%¥¥ ¨¨ Skirt diameter ¡G89ñ!Ì ¨¨ Skirt thickness Minimum weight of the vessel with attachments ÊËÌ ¤!îñò áááËÌ ¤!8ͤÝÝ ËDï˜9ñòÞ ËñòÌ Ëï̘ Weight of tower ¡G8 § ¨¨ ¡ËÌ ¤!8ͤÝÝÌ D–—ÿ áÐÐâ é Ù Ú ÛÙÚ áÌ ¤! Ñ G8ßà Ï Ì ¤! Ïß à ââ 7Ì ¤! Ñ F8Ì ËÌ ÙÚ ÐѦ¥¥ ç¥ A ßà (Ò ¡G8 ¨¨ ¡ËÌ ¤!8ͤÝÝ  Ì–—ÿ áÐÐâ é Ù Ú ÛÙÚ áÌ ¤! Ñ G8ßà Ï Ì ¤! Ïß à ââ 7Ì ¤! Ñ F8Ì ËÌ ÙÚ ÐѦ§ç ç¥ A ßà (Ò ¡ËÌ ¤!8ͤÝÝ áËÌ ¤!8ͤÝÝÌ D–—ÿ ËÌ ¤!8ͤÝÝ  Ì–—ÿ ÙÚ Ð馧 ç¥ A ßà (Ò Weight of packing ¡ËDï˜9ñòÞ ÐÐÐÑ 6@B ââââ Ð Ì ¤! Ï é '@ ÙÚ Ð¦é§ ç¥ A ßà (Ò Weight of internals ¡ËñòÌ ááCì Cú Cû ¥¥ (Ò Weight of attachments ¡Ëï̘ ÐËDñD¤8EÝïؤ!8 7Ì ¤! ÙÚ Ð% ç¥ A ßà (Ò ¡ËÌ ¤!îñò áááËÌ ¤!8ͤÝÝ ËDï˜9ñòÞ ËñòÌ Ëï̘ ÙÚ Ðç¦éé ç¥ ” ßà (Ò Minimum weight of the vessel with attachments
ACETONE ABSORPTION COLUMN Required: “CONFIDENTIAL” Sh.a. DESIGNED: Arberor MITA Design group“ELMAGERARD” ËÌ ¤!îñò áááËÌ ¤!8ͤÝÝ ËDï˜9ñòÞ ËñòÌ Ëï̘ Ú ¥ à Ò Maximum weight of the vessel Weight of water during testing ¡Üï̤! 祥¥ ââ(Ò ¨ A ¡ËÝñ™ ÐÐÜï̤! ââââ Ð Ì ¤! Ï é 7Ì ¤! ÙÚ ÐѦ§ ç¥ ” ßà (Ò ¡ËÌ ¤!îïð ááËÌ ¤!8ͤÝÝ Ëï̘ ËÝñ™ ÙÚ Ð%¦éÑ ç¥ ” ßà (Ò Applied axial force ¡ø‰ ÐÛËÌ ¤!îïð Ò ÐÛ%¦%é ç¥ d 2 Applied net section bending moment Wind loads acting over the vessel ¡eì ç ¡eú ¥¦ ¡øì ÐÐÐeì eú 'ì ÙÚ áÌ ¤! Ñ G8ßà ç禧 â(Ò ¨ ¡øú ÐÐÐeì eú 'ú ÙÚ áÌ ¤! Ñ G8ßà ç%¦ç â(Ò ¨ Applied wing bending moment ¡fì ÐÐøì 7Ì ¤! ââ 7Ì ¤! Ñ ÙÚ ÐѦ% ç¥ ” ßà Ð(Ò ¨ ¡fú ÐÐøú 689ñ!Ì Ù í Ú á7Ì ¤! ââ 689ñ!Ì Ñ ß ó à ÙÚ Ð¦%éç ç¥ A ßà Ð(Ò ¨ ¡f áfì fú ÙÚ Ð%¦çÑ ç¥ ” ßà Ð(Ò ¨ Pressure loads ¡'89ñ!Ì ¥ Determine applicability of the rules of VIII-2, based on satisfaction of the following requirements. The section of interest is at least 2.5 Rt away from any major structural discontinuity. ¡g89ñ!Ì ââ 89ñ!Ì Ñ ¡h ÐѦ ÎÎÎÎÎÎÎÎÎÏ Ðg89ñ!Ì G89ñ!Ì ¥¦ç ¨ Shear force is not applicable. The shell R / t ratio is greater than 3.0: g
ACETONE ABSORPTION COLUMN Required: “CONFIDENTIAL” Sh.a. DESIGNED: Arberor MITA Design group“ELMAGERARD” iÊââ g89ñ!Ì G89ñ!Ì § % Calculate the membrane stress for the skirt, with a weld joint efficiency of E =0.85. Note that the maximum bending stress occurs at .Êj ¥ èHÒ ¡j ¥ èHÒ ¡3kî Ðâââââââ '89ñ!Ì Ð5 lm Ù í Ú âââââ á89ñ!Ì ÐÑ G89ñ!Ì 89ñ!Ì ß ó à ââ(Ò ¨ Ï ¥ ââ(Ò ¨ Ï ¡ 89ñ!Ì á89ñ!Ì ÐÑ G89ñ!Ì ¡38îì âç 5 Ù í íÚ ááâââââââ ÐÐ'89ñ!Ì 89ñ!Ì (Ò Ð¨ ÙÚ Û 89ñ!Ì Ï 89ñ!Ì Ïßà âââââââ Ðé ËÌ ¤!îïð Ð ÙÚ Û 89ñ!Ì Ï 89ñ!Ì Ïßà ââââââââ ÐÐÐ%Ñ f  89ñ!Ì nop ‘‘j’’ Ð ÙÚ Û 89ñ!Ì ” 89ñ!Ì ” ßà ß ó óà 駧¦§ ââ(Ò ¨ Ï ¡38îú âç 5 Ù í íÚ Ûáâââââââ ÐÐ'89ñ!Ì 89ñ!Ì (Ò Ð¨ ÙÚ Û 89ñ!Ì Ï 89ñ!Ì Ïßà âââââââ Ðé ËÌ ¤!îïð Ð ÙÚ Û 89ñ!Ì Ï 89ñ!Ì Ïßà ââââââââ ÐÐÐ%Ñ f  89ñ!Ì nop ‘‘j’’ Ð ÙÚ Û 89ñ!Ì ” 89ñ!Ì ” ßà ß ó óà ÛÑÑѦç% ââ(Ò ¨ Ï ¡fÌ ¥ ¡q ââââââââââ ÐÐÐÐÐç§ fÌ  89ñ!Ì nop ‘‘j’’ 7 ââ (Ò ¨ Ï Ð ÙÚ Û 89ñ!Ì ” 89ñ!Ì ” ßà ¥ ââ(Ò ¨ Ï Calculate the principal stresses. ¡3ì ¥¦ Ù íÚ áá3kî 38îì ÎÎÎÎÎÎÎÎÎÎÎÎÎÎÎÎÏ áÙÚ Û3kî 38îìßà Ï Ðé q Ï ß óà 駧¦§ ââ(Ò ¨ Ï ¡3ú ¥¦ Ù íÚ Ûá3kî 38îì ÎÎÎÎÎÎÎÎÎÎÎÎÎÎÎÎÏ áÙÚ Û3kî 38îìßà Ï Ðé q Ï ß óà ¥ ââ(Ò ¨ Ï ¡3û ÐÐ¥¦ '89ñ!Ì ââ(Ò ¨ Ï ¥ ââ(Ò ¨ Ï Check the allowable stress acceptance criteria. ¡3r ââç ÎÎÏ Ñ ÎÎÎÎÎÎÎÎÎÎÎÎÎÎÎÎÎÎÎÎÎÎÎÎÎÎÎÎÏ Ù Ú ááÙÚ Û3ì 3úßà Ï ÙÚ Û3ú 3ûßà Ï ÙÚ Û3û 3ìßà Ïß à 駧¦§ ââ(Ò ¨ Ï s3r 3ïÝ  Note that VIII-2 uses an acceptance criteria based on von Mises Stress. VIII-1 typical uses the maximum principal stress in the acceptance criteria. Therefore: tuv ÙÚ ww3ì 3ú 3ûßà 駧¦§ ââ(Ò ¨ Ï (
ACETONE ABSORPTION COLUMN Required: “CONFIDENTIAL” Sh.a. DESIGNED: Arberor MITA Design group“ELMAGERARD” stuv ÙÚ ww3ì 3ú 3ûßà 3ïÝ  3ïÝ  ÙÚ Ðç¦é ç¥ A ßà ââ(Ò ¨ Ï For cylindrical and conical shells, if the axial membrane stress, is compressive, then38îì VIII-2, Equation (4.3.45) shall be satisfied where Fxa is evaluated using paragraph 4.4.12.2 with .¡æ ¥¦ç x38îì øðï For that is compressive, a buckling check is required.38îú VIII-2, paragraph 4.4.12.2.b – Axial Compressive Stress Acting Alone. In accordance with VIII-2, paragraph 4.4.12.2.b, the value of is calculated as follows, withøðï .¡æ ¥¦ç The design factor FS used in VIII-2, paragraph 4.4.12.2.b is dependent on the predicted buckling stress and the material’s yield strength, as shown in VIII-2, paragraph 4.4.2.øñ˜ 3ïÝ  An initial calculation is required to determine the value of by setting FS =1.0 , withøðï = . The initial value of is then compared to as shown in paragraph 4.4.2 andøñ˜ øðï øñ˜ 3ïÝ  the value of FS is determined. This computed value of FS is then used in paragraph 4.4.12.2.b. For ¡æ ¥¦ç Êøðï tym ÙÚ wøðïì øðïúßà âââ  89ñ!Ì G89ñ!Ì ç§é¦ ¡g 89ñ!Ì âââ  89ñ!Ì Ñ ¡fð âââââ Ñ 689ñ!Ì ÎÎÎÎÎÎÎÎÎÏ Ðg 89ñ!Ì G89ñ!Ì §¦ç Since , calculate xa1 F as follows with an initial value of FS=1.xxç% âââ  89ñ!Ì G89ñ!Ì §¥¥ ¡ø© ç ¡øðïì ââââââ 駧 3ïÝ  Ðø© Ù í Ú á%%ç âââ  89ñ!Ì G89ñ!Ì ß ó à ÙÚ Ðç¦%ç ç¥ A ßà ââ(Ò ¨ Ï The value of is calculated as follows with an initial value of FS =1.øðïú Êøðïú ââââ ÐÐ×ð ä G89ñ!Ì Ðø©  89ñ!Ì Since , calculate C x as follows:xâââ  89ñ!Ì G89ñ!Ì çÑé Since , calculate c. as follows:ifð ç ¡×ð âââââÐé¥ z ¥¦%¡z ç
ACETONE ABSORPTION COLUMN Required: “CONFIDENTIAL” Sh.a. DESIGNED: Arberor MITA Design group“ELMAGERARD” ×ð á% âââ  89ñ!Ì G89ñ!Ì ¥ % Therefore: ¡øðïú ââââ ÐÐ×ð ä G89ñ!Ì Ðø©  89ñ!Ì ÙÚ Ð¦é ç¥ A ßà ââ(Ò ¨ Ï ¡øðï tym ÙÚ wøðïì øðïúßà ÙÚ Ðç¦%ç ç¥ A ßà ââ(Ò ¨ Ï With a value of , in accordance with VIII-2, paragraph 4.4.2, the value of FS isÊøñ˜ øðï determined as follows. ¡øñ˜ çç¦Ñ ââ(Ò ¨ Ï Ð¥¦ 3ïÝ  ¥ ââ(Ò ¨ Ï s3ïÝ  øñ˜ ¡ø1 ÛÑ¦é¥ Ð¥¦éç Ù í Ú ââ øñ˜ 3ïÝ  ß ó à Ѧé¥ç Using this computed value of FS =2.401 in paragraph 4.4.12.2.b, is calculated as follows.øðï ¡øðïì ââââââ Ð駧 3ïÝ  Ðø1 Ù í Ú á%%ç âââ  89ñ!Ì G89ñ!Ì ß ó à é¦éé ââ(Ò ¨ Ï ¡øðïú ââââ ÐÐ×ð ä G89ñ!Ì Ðø1  89ñ!Ì ÙÚ Ð%¦éÑ ç¥ A ßà ââ(Ò ¨ Ï ¡øðï tym ÙÚ wøðïì øðïúßà é¦éé ââ(Ò ¨ Ï Compare the calculated axial compressive membrane stress, to the allowable axial38îì compressive membrane stress, per following criteria:øðï x38îì øðï Therefore, local buckling due to axial compressive membrane stress is not a concern.
ACETONE ABSORPTION COLUMN Required: “CONFIDENTIAL” Sh.a. DESIGNED: Arberor MITA Design group“ELMAGERARD” 7.0' Design of support (conventional method) Periods of vibration at minimum weight ¡)îñò ââââââââââââç ÐÐЧ¦% ç¥ {d Ù í Ú ââ 7Ì ¤! Ì ¤! ß ó à |}d ÎÎÎÎÎÎÎÎÎÎÏ ââââ ÐËÌ ¤!îñò Ò ÐG8 (Ò ¥¦¥§Ñ © x)îñò ¥¦ © Hence ¡eD ç Periods of vibration at maximum weight ¡)îñò ââââââââââââç ÐÐЧ¦% ç¥ {d Ù í Ú ââ 7Ì ¤! Ì ¤! ß ó à |}d ÎÎÎÎÎÎÎÎÎÎÏ ââââ ÐËÌ ¤!îïð Ò ÐG8 (Ò ¥¦¥é © x)îñò ¥¦ © Hence ¡eD ç Minimum skirt thickness stress due to wind load ¡( ¥¦ Coefficient of wind influence for cylindrical surface For minimum weight condition ¡'îñò ÐÐÐÐ( eD 'ì Ì ¤! 7Ì ¤! ÙÚ ÐѦ%§§ ç¥ A ßà (Ò For maximum weight condition ¡'îïð ÐÐÐÐ( eD 'ì ÙÚ áÌ ¤! ÐÑ ¥¦ç ¨ßà 7Ì ¤! ÙÚ ÐѦ% ç¥ A ßà (Ò Minimum wind moment ¡fîñò Ð'îñò Ù í Ú áââ 7Ì ¤! Ñ 689ñ!Ì ß ó à ÙÚ ÐѦ ç¥ ” ßà Ð(Ò ¨ Maximum wind moment ¡fîïð Ð'îïð Ù í Ú áââ 7Ì ¤! Ñ 689ñ!Ì ß ó à ÙÚ Ð%¦éç% ç¥ ” ßà Ð(Ò ¨ Determination of skirt thickness Minimum and maximum stress on the skirt Minimum and maximum wind load stress on the skirt Assuming a small skirt thickness Din=Dout we can write: Minimum wind load stress ÊÊ3‡îñò âââââ Ðé fîñò ÐÐ Ì ¤! Ï G89ñ!Ì ââÑÑÑ G89ñ!Ì ââ(Ò ¨ Maximum wind load stress ÊÊ3‡îïð âââââ Ðé fîïð ÐÐ Ì ¤! Ï G89ñ!Ì ââÑç G89ñ!Ì ââ(Ò ¨ Minimum and maximum dead load stress on the skirt
ACETONE ABSORPTION COLUMN Required: “CONFIDENTIAL” Sh.a. DESIGNED: Arberor MITA Design group“ELMAGERARD” Minimum and maximum dead load stress on the skirt Minimum dead load stress ÊÊ3ôîñò âââââ ËÌ ¤!îñò ÐÐ Ì ¤! G89ñ!Ì ââ%¦Ñ G89ñ!Ì ââ(Ò ¨ Maximum dead load stress ÊÊ3ôîïð âââââ ËÌ ¤!îïð ÐÐ Ì ¤! G89ñ!Ì âââ%¦ç G89ñ!Ì ââ(Ò ¨ Minimum and maximum tensile stress without any eccentric load Maximum tensile stress ÊÊ3“îïð Û3‡îñò 3ôîñò ââÑç% G89ñ!Ì ââ(Ò ¨ Minimum tensile stress ÊÊ3“îñò Û3‡îïð 3ôîïð ââÑé G89ñ!Ì ââ(Ò ¨ Determination of skirt thickness according to minimum and maximum tensile stress Taking into account the joint efficiency of 0.7 we can derive: ¡5 ¥¦ ¡3“ïÝ  Ð3ïÝ  5 ÙÚ Ðç¦ç ç¥ A ßà ââ(Ò ¨ Ï Also we can write ÊÊ3“ïÝ  âââ 3“îïð G89ñ!Ì ââÑé G89ñ!Ì ââ(Ò ¨ ÊÊÊG89ñ!Ì âââ 3“îïð 3“ïÝ  ââÑé çç¥ ¨ Ѧ¥ ¨¨ Minimum and maximum stress due to compressive loads Minimum compressive stress ÊÊ3÷“îñò á3‡îñò 3ôîñò ââÑѧ% G89ñ!Ì ââ(Ò ¨ Maximum compressive stress ÊÊ3÷“îïð á3‡îïð 3ôîïð ââѧ G89ñ!Ì ââ(Ò ¨ Determination of skirt thickness according to minimum and maximum compressive stress We can write: ÊÊ3÷“ âââââ ÐÐ¥¦çÑ ä G89ñ!Ì Ì ¤! ââÑѧ% G89ñ!Ì ââ(Ò ¨ From this we can derive ÊG89ñ!Ì Ï ââââ ÐÌ ¤! Ñѧ% Ð¥¦çÑ ä ââ(Ò ¨ Î
ACETONE ABSORPTION COLUMN Required: “CONFIDENTIAL” Sh.a. DESIGNED: Arberor MITA Design group“ELMAGERARD” ¡G89ñ!Ìîñò ÎÎÎÎÎÎÎÎÎÎÎÎÎÎÏ ââââ ÐÌ ¤! Ñѧ% Ð¥¦Ñ ä ââ(Ò ¨ ¦§ç ¨¨ ¡G89ñ!Ìîïð ÎÎÎÎÎÎÎÎÎÎÎÎÎÎÏ ââââ ÐÌ ¤! ѧ Ð¥¦Ñ ä ââ(Ò ¨ ¦%¥ ¨¨ We accept skirt thickness: ¡G89ñ!Ì ç¥ ¨¨ Taking into consideration corrosion and other construction factors Design of skirt bearing plates Maximum compressive stress between bearing plate and foundation ¡89ñ!Ì áÌ ¤! Ñ G89ñ!Ì ÙÚ Ðç¦%Ñ ç¥ A ßà ¨¨ ¡1 Ñ¥¥ ¨¨ Distance between outer radius of bearing plate and inner radius of bearing plate Ê3÷“~† áââââ ËÌ ¤!îïð Õ âââ fîïð  Were: ¡Õ âââââââââ Ð Ù Ú ÛÙÚ á89ñ!Ì Ñ 1ßà Ï 89ñ!Ì Ïß à é ÙÚ Ð¦ ç¥ A ßà ¨ Ï ¡ â %Ñ ââââââââ Ù Ú ÛÙÚ á89ñ!Ì Ñ 1ßà ” 89ñ!Ì ” ß à á89ñ!Ì Ñ 1 ÙÚ Ð%¦Ñ§% ç¥ d ßà ¨ A From this we can derive: ¡3÷“~† áââââ ËÌ ¤!îïð Õ âââ fîïð  ç馥éç ââ(Ò ¨ Ï x3÷“~† Ð% ââ(Ò ¨ Ï Which is concrete compression stress allowed ¡ D á89ñ!Ì Ñ 1 ÙÚ Ðç¦Ñ ç¥ A ßà ¨¨ Bearing plate outer diameter Bearing plate thickness ¡3ïÝ  Ðç ââ(Ò ¨ Ï Allowable compressive stress for bearing plate ¡G D ÎÎÎÎÎÎÎÎÎÎÏ ââââ Ð% 3÷“~† 1 Ï 3ïÝ  %Ѧ¥ ¨¨ We accept: ¡G D é¥ ¨¨ As bearing thickness plate is less/equal than 20 mm gaskets are no required. Minimum compressive stress in bearing plate
ACETONE ABSORPTION COLUMN Required: “CONFIDENTIAL” Sh.a. DESIGNED: Arberor MITA Design group“ELMAGERARD”As bearing thickness plate is less/equal than 20 mm gaskets are no required. Minimum compressive stress in bearing plate ¡3÷“~†îñò áââââ ËÌ ¤!îñò Õ âââ fîïð  ç禧 ââ(Ò ¨ Ï Anchorage factor of overturn ¡5  âââââââ ÐÐËÌ ¤!îñò ¥¦éÑ D fîñò ¥¦%Ñ s5  ç¦ This means that akore bolts are required Calculation of anchor bolts Anchor bolts sum of actual force ¡2ï Ð3÷“~†îñò Õ ÙÚ Ðç¦çé% ç¥ d ßà (Ò ¡3÷“~ é¥ ââ(Ò ¨ Ï Hot rolled plain carbon steel allowable stress The sum area of bolts ¡Õ8 ââ 2ï 3÷“~ ÙÚ ÐѦçç ç¥ ” ßà ¨¨ Ï Determine bolt diameter Maximum allowable number of bolts is 20, from this we can derive the surface of a bolt ¡Ö Ñ¥ ¡Õ ââ Õ8 Ö ÙÚ Ð禥 ç¥ A ßà ¨¨ Ï ¡ ÎÎÎÎÎÏ ââ é Õ %§¦¥ ¨¨ We accept M36 for anchor bolt Thickness of bearing plate inside the bolting chair ÊÊG ˜ ââââ ÎÎÎÎÎÎÎÏ Ð§ fîïð ÎÎÎÎÎÎÏ Ð1 3ïÝ  ââââ ÎÎÎÎÎÎÎÎÏ Ð§ âââ Ð2ï ø ÎÎÎÎÎÎÏ Ð1 3ïÝ  ¡ø ç¥ ¨¨ Spacing between stiffeners ¡G ˜ ââââââ ÎÎÎÎÎÎÎÎÎÎÎÎÏ Ð§ ââââ ÐÐ2ï ø ¨¨ ÎÎÎÎÎÎÏ Ð1 3ïÝ  Ѧѧ ¨¨ We accept: ¡G ˜ %¥ ¨¨
ACETONE ABSORPTION COLUMN Required: “CONFIDENTIAL” Sh.a. DESIGNED: Arberor MITA Design group“ELMAGERARD” 8.0 Design of flanged joints General data ¡'ô Ð% ââ(Ò ¨ Ï Design pressure ¡)ô %¥ 0× Design temperature ÛÛ1Õ ç§ ¥ 2 Shell material: carbon steel plate ¡3ïÝ 8¤Ý ç饥 ââ(Ò ¨ Ï Permissible tensile stress ¡ä ÐÐÑ ç¥ 4 ââ(Ò ¨ Ï Elastic modulus ¡5 ¥¦ Joint efficiency Flange data ÛÛ1Õ ç¥ Ñ¥¥ Shell material: carbon steel plate ¡3ïÝ £Ýï ç饥 ââ(Ò ¨ Ï Permissible tensile stress ¡ä ÐÐÑ ç¥ 4 ââ(Ò ¨ Ï Elastic modulus Bolt data ÛÛ1Õ ç% € Ñ¥¥ Shell material: carbon steel plate ¡3ïÝ   ÝÌ ç¥ ââ(Ò ¨ Ï Permissible tensile stress ¡ä ÐÐÑ ç¥ 4 ââ(Ò ¨ Ï Elastic modulus ¡ Ñ¥ ¨¨ Diameter of the bolt ¡2 %¥ Number of bolts ¡Õ! ç ¨¨ Ï Root Area Of the bolt Gasket data ü‚@G¨HG@‚ƒ@(HGHè Shell material: iron/soft steel ¡¨ %¦ Gasket factor ¡„ Ð% ââ(Ò ¨ Ï Seating stress ¡Þñ ç%Ñ¥ ¨¨ Inside diameter
ACETONE ABSORPTION COLUMN Required: “CONFIDENTIAL” Sh.a. DESIGNED: Arberor MITA Design group“ELMAGERARD” Þñ % ¥ Inside diameter ¡Þ  ç%¥ ¨¨ Outside diameter Design rules for bolted flange connections with ring type gaskets are provided in VIII-1 Mandatory Appendix 2. The rules in this paragraph are the same as those provided in VIII-2. The design procedures in VIII-2, paragraph 4.16 are used in this example problem with substitute references made to VIII-1 Mandatory Appendix 2 paragraphs. Evaluate the girth flange in accordance with VIII-2, paragraph 4.16. VIII-2, paragraph 4.16.6, Design Bolt Loads. The procedure to determine the bolt loads for the operating and gasket seating conditions is shown below. Determine the design pressure and temperature of the flanged joint. ¡'ô Ð% ââ(Ò ¨ Ï Design preasure ¡)ô Ñ 0× Design temperature Select a gasket and determine the gasket factors m and y from Table 4.16.1 (VIII-1,Table 2-5.1). ¡¨ %¦ Gasket factor ¡„ Ð% ââ(Ò ¨ Ï Seating stress Determine the width of the gasket, N , basic gasket seating width, bo , the effective gasket seating width, b , and the location of the gasket reaction, G ¡2 âââ ÛÞ  Þñ Ñ ç ¨¨ From Table 4.16.3 (VIII-1, Table 2-5.2), Facing Sketch Detail 2, Column II, ¡ã£ % ¨¨ raised nubbin width ¡ë– âââ á㣠Ð% 2 § ¨¨ For së– §¦% ¨¨ ¡ë ë– Therefore, the location of the gasket reaction is calculated as follows (VIII-1, paragraph 2-3). G mean diameter of the gasket contact face ¡… âââ áÞ  Þñ Ñ ÙÚ Ðç¦%% ç¥ A ßà ¨¨ Determine the design bolt load for the operating condition, (VIII-1, paragraph 2-5). ¡Ë– áÐÐâ … Ï 'ô ÐÐÐÐ … 'ô ë ¨ ÙÚ Ðé¦éÑ ç¥ ” ßà (Ò
ACETONE ABSORPTION COLUMN Required: “CONFIDENTIAL” Sh.a. DESIGNED: Arberor MITA Design group“ELMAGERARD” Ë– á é … ô … ô ë ¨ Ú ¥ à Ò Determine the design bolt load for the gasket seating condition (VIII-1, paragraph 2-5). ÊËÞ Ù í Ú âââ áÕî Õ Ñ ß ó à 1 Þ Were: ¡Õ ÐÕ! 2 ¦ ¨ Ï ÊÕî tuv Ù í í íÚ w Ù í í íÚ ââââââ ááË– ø‰ ââ é f¤ … 3ïÝ   ÝÌ ß ó ó óà Ù í Ú âââ ËÞ8 3ïÝ   ÝÌ ß ó à ß ó ó óà Axial load aplued in flange joint ¡ø‰ ÛËÌ ¤!îïð Ù íÚ áÐÐâ é Ù Ú ÛÙÚ áÌ ¤! Ñ G8ßà Ï Ì ¤! Ïß à 6û F8Ì ËÌ ß óà ÙÚ Ð%¦%§ ç¥ ” ßà (Ò Bending moment aplued in flange joint ¡fì ÛÐøì Ù í Ú ÐÙÚ Û7Ì ¤! 6ûßà ââââ Û7Ì ¤! 6û Ñ ß ó à ÐÐøì 6û ââ 6û Ñ ÙÚ Ðç¦ç§ ç¥ ” ßà Ð(Ò ¨ ¡fú ÐÐøú 689ñ!Ì Ù í Ú áÛ7Ì ¤! 6û âââââââ ÙÚ ÛÛ7Ì ¤! 6û 689ñ!Ìßà Ñ ß ó à ÙÚ Ð¦ ç¥ A ßà Ð(Ò ¨ ¡f¤ áfì fú ÙÚ ÐѦ¥§ ç¥ ” ßà Ð(Ò ¨ Maximum load aplued in flange joint ¡ËÞ8 ÐÐÐ ë … „ ÙÚ Ðç¦%é§ ç¥ d ßà (Ò From this we can derive ¡Õî tuv Ù í í íÚ w Ù í í íÚ ââââââ ááË– ø‰ ââ é f¤ … 3ïÝ   ÝÌ ß ó ó óà Ù í Ú âââ ËÞ8 3ïÝ   ÝÌ ß ó à ß ó ó óà Ñé¦%¥Ñ ¨¨ Ï Bolt load for the operating condition ¡ËÞ Ù íâââ áÕî Õ ß ó 3ïÝ   ÝÌ ÙÚ Ð¦ ç¥ d ßà (Ò
ACETONE ABSORPTION COLUMN Required: “CONFIDENTIAL” Sh.a. DESIGNED: Arberor MITA Design group“ELMAGERARD” ËÞ í Ú Ñ ó à 3ïÝ   ÝÌ Ú ¥ à Ò Flange Design Procedure. The procedure in this paragraph can be used to design circular integral, loose or reverse flanges, subject to internal or external pressure, and external loadings. The procedure incorporates both a strength check and a rigidity check for flange rotation. Determine the design pressure and temperature of the flanged joint and the external net-section axial force, Fa , and bending moment, Me. ¡'ô Ð% ââ(Ò ¨ Ï Design pressure ¡)ô %¥ 0× Design temperature ø‰ ÙÚ Ð%¦%§ ç¥ ” ßà (Ò Axial force f¤ ÙÚ ÐѦ¥§ ç¥ ” ßà Ð(Ò ¨ Bending moment Determine the design bolt loads for operating condition , and the gasket seating conditionË– , and the corresponding actual bolt load area , (VIII-1, paragraph 2-5).ËÞ Õ Ë– ÙÚ Ðé¦éÑ ç¥ ” ßà (Ò ËÞ ÙÚ Ð¦ ç¥ d ßà (Ò Õ ¥¦¥¥§ ¨ Ï Determine an initial flange geometry (see Figure E4.16.1) in addition to the information required to determine the bolt load, the following geometric parameters are required, (VIII-1, paragraph 2-3). ¡€ áç%ç§ ¨¨ Ñ % ¨¨ ç¦%ÑÑ ¨ Flange bore ¡× 祥 ¨¨ Bolt circle diameter ¡Õ 秥¥ ¨¨ Flange outside diameter ¡G ¥ ¨¨ Flange thicness ¡Òì ÛÐ¥¦ ‘‘ Ûç%¥ ¨¨ ç%ç§ ¨¨’’ ×Õ çé ¨¨ Thickness of the hub at the large end ¡Ò– Ûç¥ ¨¨ ×Õ ¨¨ Thickness of the hub at the small end
ACETONE ABSORPTION COLUMN Required: “CONFIDENTIAL” Sh.a. DESIGNED: Arberor MITA Design group“ELMAGERARD” Ò– ¥ × Thickness of the hub at the small end ¡Ó ¨¨ Hub length Determine the flange stress factors using the equations in Tables 4.16.4 and 4.16.5 (VIII-1, Table 2-7.1 and Fig. 2-7.1 – Fig. 2-7.6). ¡e âÕ € ç¦Ñç ¡† ââç Ûe ç Ù í Ú á¥¦§§é Ðç¦ç§¥ ââââÐe Ï lo‡ ‘‘e’’ Ûe ç ß ó à ¦% ¡) ââââââââââÛÐe Ï ‘‘ áç ЦÑé§ lo‡ ‘‘e’’’’ ç ÐÙÚ á禥éÑ Ðç¦éé e Ïßà ‘‘ Ûe ç’’ ç¦% ¡ê ââââââââââÛÐe Ï ‘‘ áç Ч¦ÑÑé§ lo‡ ‘‘e’’’’ ç ÐÐç¦%§ç%§ ÙÚ Ûe Ï çßà ‘‘ Ûe ç’’ ¦ç ¡ âââáe Ï ç Ûe Ï ç ¦%¥% VIII-1, Fig. 2-7.2: ¡Ó– ÎÎÎÎÏ Ð€ Ò– §¦ç ¨¨ ¡ˆÞ â Òì Ò– Ñ ¡ˆÍ âÓ Ó– ¥¦Ñ ¡øB áááÛ¥¦§ ¥¦Ñ¥çÑ lm ÙÚˆÞßà ÐÐ¦Ñ ç¥ {A lm ÙÚˆÍßà Ð¥¦çÑ%§ ÙÚlm ÙÚˆÞßàßà Ï Ð¥¦¥% ÙÚlm ÙÚˆÍßàßà Ï ¡øBB áÛÐÐÛ¥¦çééÑ lm ÙÚˆÞßà lm ÙÚˆÍßà Ð¥¦¥ççÑ ÙÚlm ÙÚˆÞßàßà A Ð¥¦¥çÑ%§ ÙÚlm ÙÚˆÍßàßà A ¡øBBB áÐÛ¥¦¥%§% lm ÙÚˆÞßà ÙÚlm ÙÚˆÍßàßà Ï ÐÐ¥¦¥Ñ%ç ÙÚlm ÙÚˆÞßàßà 4 lm ÙÚˆÍßà ¡ø ááøB øBB øBBB ¥¦çé For xx¥¦ ˆÍ Ñ ¡ÔB ááááÛÛ¥¦¥çéé§ ââ⥦ç% ˆÞ âââ⥦¥é§çç ˆÍ ââ⥦§¥ç ˆÞ Ï âââ⥦¥ÑÑ ˆÍ Ï ââ⥦Ñéé%ç% ÐˆÞ ˆÍ ââ⥦çç%Ñ ˆÞ A ¡ÔBB ÛÛÛâââ⥦¥¥Ñѧ ˆÍ A âââ⥦¥Ñ§§Ñ% ÐˆÞ ˆÍ Ï ââ⥦Ñ祥 ÐˆÞ Ï ˆÍ
ACETONE ABSORPTION COLUMN Required: “CONFIDENTIAL” Sh.a. DESIGNED: Arberor MITA Design group“ELMAGERARD” Þ Þ ¡Ô áÔB ÔBB ¥¦Ñçç ¡ü tuv Ù í íÚ wç ââââââââââââââââââââââââââââ ÛáááÛ¥¦¥Ñ Ð¥¦¥%%§§%% ˆÞ Ð¥¦§éç§ ˆÞ Ï Ð¥¦¥§§Ñ§ ˆÍ Ð¥¦%é¥é ˆÍ Ï Ðé¦ç§ ˆÍ A áááÛç ÐЦ§¥% ç¥ {A ˆÞ Ðç¦§Ñ¥é ˆÍ Ð%¦é%Ñ ˆÍ Ï Ðç¦%¥Ñ ˆÍ A ß ó óà ü ç VIII-1, paragraph 2-3: ¡è âââââ ÐÐê Ù í Ú â Ò– CÖ ß ó à Ï Ó– Ô çѦ§ CÖ ¡H ââø â Ó– CÖ ¥¦Ñç ¡7 âââ áÐâG CÖ H ç ) âââ Ù íÚ âG CÖ ß óà A âè CÖ Ñ¦ÑÑ Determine the flange forces, (VIII-1, paragraph 2-3). ¡6ô ââââ ÐÐ € Ï 'ô é ÙÚ Ðé¦çç ç¥ ” ßà (Ò ¡6 ââââ ÐÐ … Ï 'ô é ÙÚ Ðé¦ç ç¥ ” ßà (Ò ¡6 Û6 6ô ç%¦% (Ò ¡6$ ÛË– 6ô ÙÚ Ð%¦§é ç¥ A ßà (Ò Determine the flange moment for the operating condition using Equation (4.16.14) or Equation (4.16.15), as applicable (VIII-1, paragraph 2-6). In these equations, , , , areÓô Ӑ Ó$ determined from Table 4.16.6 (VIII-1, Table 2-6). For VIII-2 designs – For integral and loose type flanges, the moment, Moe is calculated using Equation (4.16.16) where I and Ip, in this equation are determined from Table 4.16.7. Êf ¤ áÐÐÐé f¤ Ù íââââˆ ß ó Ù íâââ Óô ß ó Ðø‰ Óô
ACETONE ABSORPTION COLUMN Required: “CONFIDENTIAL” Sh.a. DESIGNED: Arberor MITA Design group“ELMAGERARD”  ¤ ᤠí Ú áÐ¥¦%é ˆD ˆ ó à í Ú Û× ÐÑ Óô ó à ‰ Óô From Table 4.16.6 (VIII-1, Table 2-6), ¡Óô ââââ ÛÛ× € Òì Ñ Ñ ¨¨ ¡Ó$ ââÛ× … Ñ Ñ¦ ¨¨ ¡Ó ¥¦ Ù íÚ áââÛ× € Ñ Ó$ ß óà ¦ ¨¨ ¡ˆ âââââââ ÐÐÐ¥¦¥é 7 Ò– Ï Ó– € Ô ÙÚ Ð¦ ç¥ {4ßà ¨ ” ¡Õ‰ ¥¦ ‘‘ ÛÕ €’’ ¡…ïÞ Ð¥¦ ÙÚ áÒ– Òìßà 祦 ¨¨ ¡Õ‰ áÓ G8 ¡€~ …ïÞ ¡×÷ ÛÕ‰ …ïÞ ¡ô$ G8 ¡e‰~ ÐÐÙÚ ÐÕ‰ €~ A ßà Ù í Ú Ûâç % Ð¥¦Ñç Ù í Ú ââ €~ Õ‰ ß ó à ß ó à Ù í íÚ Ûç Ðâç çÑ Ù í Ú ââ €~ Õ‰ ß ó à ” ß ó óà Ñ¦ç§ ¨ ” ¡e÷ô ÐÐÙÚ Ð×÷ ô$ A ßà Ù í Ú Ûâç % Ð¥¦ç¥ Ù í Ú ââ ô$ ×÷ ß ó à ß ó à Ù í íÚ Ûç Ðââç çÑ Ù í Ú ââ ô$ ×÷ ß ó à ” ß ó óà Ñ¦ç ¨ ” ¡ˆ† áe‰~ e÷ô é¦%ѧ ¨ ” ¡f ¤ áÐÐÐé f¤ Ù í Ú âââ∠áÐ¥¦%é ˆ† ˆ ß ó à Ù í Ú âââ Óô Û× ÐÑ Óô ß ó à Ðø‰ Óô ÙÚ Ð¦§Ñé ç¥ A ßà Ð(Ò ¨ For internal person ¡ø1 ç
ACETONE ABSORPTION COLUMN Required: “CONFIDENTIAL” Sh.a. DESIGNED: Arberor MITA Design group“ELMAGERARD” 1 ¡f– uŠp ÙÚ ÐÙÚ áááÐ6ô Óô Ð6 Ӑ Ð6$ Ó$ f ¤ßà ø1ßà ÙÚ Ðç¦%% ç¥ ” ßà Ð(Ò ¨ Determine the flange moment for gasket seating condition using Equation (4.16.17) or Equation (4.16.18), as applicable (VIII-1, paragraph 2-6). For internal pressure ¡fÞ ââââââ ÐÐËÞ ‘‘ Û× …’’ ø1 Ñ ÙÚ Ðé¦ç% ç¥ ” ßà Ð(Ò ¨ Where, Fs=1 for non split rings . VIII-1, paragraph 2-6 does not provide a split loose flange factor in the equation for Wgs as is provided for in the VIII-2 procedure. However, VIII-1, paragraph 2-9 provides guidance for split loose flanges. Determine the flange stresses for the operating and gasket seating conditions using the equations in Table 4.16.8 (VIII-1, paragraph 2-7). ¡1‹ âââ Ðü f– ÐÐ7 Òì Ï € ÙÚ ÐѦÑç ç¥ A ßà ââ(Ò ¨ Ï ¡1‰ âââââââ Ù íÚ áÐÐç¦%% âG CÖ H ç ß óà f– ÐÐ7 G Ï € ç%ѦçÑ ââ(Ò ¨ Ï ¡1 Ûââ † f– ÐG Ï € Ð 1‰ 駦éçç ââ(Ò ¨ Ï Gasket Seating Condition ¡1‹ âââ Ðü fÞ ÐÐ7 Òì Ï € ÙÚ Ð¦%é% ç¥ A ßà ââ(Ò ¨ Ï ¡1‰ âââââââ Ù íÚ áÐÐç¦%% âG CÖ H ç ß óà fÞ ÐÐ7 G Ï € 馧ѧ ââ(Ò ¨ Ï ¡1 Ûââ † fÞ ÐG Ï € Ð 1‰ ÙÚ ÐѦ¥¥ ç¥ A ßà ââ(Ò ¨ Ï The criteria below shall be evaluated. If the stress criteria are satisfied, go to STEP 10. If the stress criteria are not satisfied, re-proportion the flange dimensions and go to STEP 4. Allowable normal stress – The criteria to evaluate the normal stresses for the operating and gasket seating conditions are shown in Table 4.16.9 (VIII-1, paragraph 2-8), (for integral type flanges with hub welded to the neck, pipe or vessel wall).
ACETONE ABSORPTION COLUMN Required: “CONFIDENTIAL” Sh.a. DESIGNED: Arberor MITA Design group“ELMAGERARD” 9.0 Design an integral radial nozzle centrally located in a 2:1 ellipsoidal head based on the vessel and nozzle data below. The parameters used in this design procedure are shown in Figure E4.5.3. Vessel and Nozzle Data: ¡'ô Ð% ââ(Ò ¨ Ï Design preasure ¡)ô %¥ 0× Design temperature ÛÛ1Õ ç¥ Ñ¥¥ Ellipsoidal head material: carbon steel plate ¡3ïÝ  ç饥 ââ(Ò ¨ Ï Permissible tensile stress ¡ä ÐÐÑ ç¥ 4 ââ(Ò ¨ Ï Elastic modulus ¡5 ¥¦ Joint eficency ¡×Õ % ¨¨ Corrosion allowance ÛÛ1Õ ç§ ¥ 2 Nozzle material ¡3ïÝ ò ç饥 ââ(Ò ¨ Ï Nozzle material permissible tensile stress ¡rÍ ç%¥¥ ¨¨ Head Inside Diameter ¡6rÍ %%¥ ¨¨ Height of the Elliptical Head, (2:1) ¡GrÍ § ¨¨ Head thickness ¡2rÍ %Ñ ¨¨ Nozzle outside diameter ¡ÖrÍ ¨¨ Nozzle thickness ¡Óò  Ñ¥¥ ¨¨ Nossle height Section VIII, Division 1 Solution The required thickness of the 2:1 ellipsoidal head based on circumferential stress is given by UG- 32(d). However, per UG-37(a), when an opening and its reinforcement are in an ellipsoidal head and located entirely within a circle the center which coincides with the center of the head and the diameter of which is equal to 80% of the shell diameter, tr is the thickness required for a seamless sphere of radius K1 D , where K1 is given in Table UG-37. Per Table UG-37, for a 2:1 ellipsoidal head where:
ACETONE ABSORPTION COLUMN Required: “CONFIDENTIAL” Sh.a. DESIGNED: Arberor MITA Design group“ELMAGERARD” - 32(d). However, per UG-37(a), when an opening and its reinforcement are in an ellipsoidal head and located entirely within a circle the center which coincides with the center of the head and the diameter of which is equal to 80% of the shell diameter, is the thickness required for a seamless sphere of radius K D , where K is given in Table UG-37. Per Table UG-37, for a 2:1 ellipsoidal head where: âââ rÍ ÐÑ 6rÍ ç¦ ¡eì ¥¦ The required thickness per UG-32(d) is as follows. Note, the rules of UG-32(d) are only applicable for a specific geometry, i.e. half the minor axis (inside depth of head minus the skirt) equals one–fourth of the inside diameter of the head skirt. Additionally, if the ratio ,ââ ÖrÍ 7 is not satisfied, the rules of Mandatory Appendix 1-4(f) shall also be met. ŒÊââ ÖrÍ 7 âââ ÖrÍ Ðeì rÍ ¥¦¥¥Ñ âââ ÖrÍ Ðeì rÍ ¥¦¥¥ ¡G¤Í ââââââ Ð'ô rÍ ÛÐÑ 3ïÝ  5 ¥¦Ñ 'ô 禧% ¨¨ The required thickness, tr , per the UG-37 definition for nozzle reinforcement calculations. ¡G! ââââââ ÐÐ'ô rÍ eì ÛÐÑ 3ïÝ  5 ¥¦Ñ 'ô ç¦é ¨¨ The required thickness of the nozzle based on circumferential stress is given by UG-27(c)(1). ¡G!ò ââââââ Ð'ô 2rÍ ÛÐ3ïÝ  5 ¥¦§ 'ô ¥¦Ñ§ ¨¨ Calculate the Limits of Reinforcement per UG-40. 1) Reinforcing dimensions for an integrally reinforced nozzle per Fig. UG-40(e), UG-40(e-1), UG-40(e-2): See Figure E4.5.3 of this example: ¡G𠨨 Ѧ Gð Ñ¥ ¨¨ ¡7ð Ðeì 2rÍ Ñé¦% ¨¨ Œ7ð Ѧ Gð Therfore UG-40 (e-1) ¡ Ö¤Í G¤  Ž   ‘ ’ ¨¨ § ¨¨  Ž   ‘ ’ ¡G¤ § ¨¨ Reinforcment pad Note: Fig. UG-40 does not provide a sketch for an integral uniform thickness nozzle with full penetration weld inserted through the shell without a reinforcing pad. Therefore, sketch (e-1) was used with. The limits of reinforcement, measured parallel to the vessel wall in the corroded condition: ¡grÍ ââââ Û6rÍ ÐÑ ÖrÍ Ñ ç ¨¨ ¡G¤Í § ¨¨ ¡èrÍ ÐÑ grÍ ¥¦%çé ¨ tuv ÙÚ wèrÍ áágrÍ GrÍ ÖrÍßà %çé ¨¨ ¨CÖÙÚ wÐѦ G¤Í áÐѦ Ö¤Í G¤ßà ç ¨¨ Calculate the reinforcement strength parameters per UG-37. 1) Strength Reduction Factors:
ACETONE ABSORPTION COLUMN Required: “CONFIDENTIAL” Sh.a. DESIGNED: Arberor MITA Design group“ELMAGERARD” Calculate the reinforcement strength parameters per UG-37. 1) Strength Reduction Factors: ¡3ïÝ D 3ïÝ  ¡ü!ì ââ 3ïÝ ò 3ïÝ  ç ¡ü!ú ââ 3ïÝ ò 3ïÝ  ç ¡ü!û âââââââ ¨CÖÙÚ w3ïÝ ò 3ïÝ D ßà 3ïÝ  ç ¡ü!þ ââ 3ïÝ D 3ïÝ  ç Joint Efficiency Parameter: For a nozzle located in a solid plate: Correction Factor for variation of internal pressure stresses on different planes with respect to the axis of the vessel: For a nozzle in an ellipsoidal head. Calculate the Areas of Reinforcement, see Fig. UG–37.1 Area Required, A : ¡5 ¥¦ ¡ø ç ¡Õ áÐèrÍ G¤Í ÐÐÐÐÑ G¤Í Ö¤Í ø ÙÚ Ûç ü!ìßà ç¦é ¨ “ Area Available in the Shell, A1 . Use larger value: ¡Õìì ÛÐèrÍ ÙÚ ÛÐ5 G¤Í Ðø G!ßà ÐÑ Ö¤Í ÙÚ ÛÐ5 G¤Í Ðø G!ßà ÙÚ Ûç ü!ìßà çç¦%Ñ ¨ “ ¡Õìú ÛÐÑ ÙÚ áG¤Í Ö¤Íßà ÙÚ ÛÐ5 G¤Í Ðø G!ßà ÐÑ Ö¤Í ÙÚ ÛÐ5 G¤Í Ðø G!ßà ÙÚ Ûç ü!ìßà ç¦¥ç ¨ “ ¡Õì tuv ÙÚ wÕìì Õìúßà çç¦%Ñ ¨ “ Area Available in the Nozzle Projecting Outward, A2 . Use the smaller value: ¡Õúì ÐÐ ÙÚ ÛÖ¤Í G!òßà ü!ú G¤Í ѦçÑ ¨ “ ¡Õúú ÐÐ ÙÚ ÛÖ¤Í G!òßà ü!ú ÙÚ áÖ¤Í G¤ßà ¦¥ÑÑ ¨ “ ¡Õú ¨CÖÙÚ wÕúì Õúúßà ѦçÑ ¨ “ Area Available in the Nozzle Projecting Inward, A3 : ¡Gñ ¥ ¨¨ ¡Õû tym ÙÚ wwÐÐ G Gñ ü!ú ÐÐ Gñ Gñ ü!ú ÐÐÑ Óò  Gñ ü!úßà ¥ ¨ “ Area Available in Welds, A41 , A42 , A43 , use the following minimum specified weld leg dimensions, see Figure E4.5.3 of this example: ¡‚HÒì ¨¨ ¡‚HÒú ¨¨ ¡‚HÒû ¨¨
ACETONE ABSORPTION COLUMN Required: “CONFIDENTIAL” Sh.a. DESIGNED: Arberor MITA Design group“ELMAGERARD” ‚HÒì ‚HÒú ‚HÒû ¡Õþì ЂHÒì “ ü!ú ¥¦Ñ ¨ “ ¡Õþú ЂHÒú “ ü!ú ¥¦¥¥% Ш ¨ ¡Õþû ЂHÒû “ ü!ú ¥¦¥¥% Ш ¨ ¡Õþ ááÕþì Õþú Õþû ¥¦ ¨ “ Area Available in Element, A5 : ¡! §¥¥ ¨¨ ¡Õÿ ÐÐÙÚ ÛÛ! èrÍ ÐÑ Ö¤Íßà G¤ ü!þ ç§¦Ñ ¨ “ Total Available Area, Aavail : ¡ÕïïñÝ ááááÕì Õú Õû Õþ Õÿ %¥¦éé ¨ “ Nozzle reinforcement acceptance criterion: ŒÕïïñÝ Õ Division 2 Solution with VIII-1 Allowable Stresses The procedure, per VIII-2, paragraph 4.5.10, to design a radial nozzle in an ellipsoidal head subject to pressure loading is shown below. Determine the effective radius of the ellipsoidal head as follows. ¡g¤££ âââ Ð¥¦ rÍ § Ù í Ú áÑ Ù í Ú ââ rÍ ÐÑ Óò  ß ó à ß ó à ÙÚ Ð禥Ñé ç¥ ” ßà ¨¨ Calculate the limit of reinforcement along the vessel wall. For integrally reinforced set–in nozzles in ellipsoidal heads, ¡7‰ ¨CÖ Ù í Ú wÎÎÎÎÎÎΓ Ðg¤££ G¤Í Ñ ââââ Û2rÍ ÐÑ ÖrÍ Ñ ß ó à ¦%é ¨¨ Note: This is an analysis of a single nozzle; therefore, the spacing criterion is automatically satisfied. If there were multiple nozzles in the shell, the spacing requirements for nozzles in VIII- 2, paragraph 4.5.13 would need to be checked. Calculate the limit of reinforcement along the nozzle wall projecting outside the vessel surface. See VIII-2, Figures 4.5.9 and 4.5.10. For set–in nozzles in ellipsoidal heads, Ê7‹ ¨CÖ Ù í íÚ wáÐG¤Í G¤ ÐøD ÎÎÎÎÎÎÎÎÎÎÎÎÎΓ Ð Ù í Ú ââââ ÛèrÍ ÐÑ Ö¤Í Ñ ß ó à Ö¤Í áÓò  G¤Í ß ó óà
ACETONE ABSORPTION COLUMN Required: “CONFIDENTIAL” Sh.a. DESIGNED: Arberor MITA Design group“ELMAGERARD” ʈ– ¨CÖ Ù í Ú wÐ! Ù í Ú á Ù í Ú ââââ ÛèrÍ ÐÑ Ö¤Í Ñ ß ó à Ö¤Í ß ó à •© ‘‘j’’ ââ rÍ Ñ ß ó à ¡j u–um Ù í í í Ú Ðââ Ñ Óò  rÍ Ù í í í Ú ââââââ ! ÎÎÎÎÎÎÎÎÎÎΓ á Ù í Ú ââ rÍ Ñ ß ó à “ ! “ ß ó ó ó à ß ó ó ó à ¥¦Ñ¥§ ¡ˆ– ¨CÖ Ù í Ú wÐ Ù í Ú á! Ù í Ú á Ù í Ú ââââ ÛèrÍ ÐÑ Ö¤Í Ñ ß ó à Ö¤Í ß ó à ß ó à nop ‘‘j’’ ââ rÍ Ñ ß ó à ¥¦§ ¨ Since: ˆ– §¥ ¨¨ Ð¥¦% rÍ é ¨¨ Œˆ– Ð¥¦% rÍ calculate Fp as follows: ÊøD ×ò ¡×ò ¨CÖ Ù í íÚ w Ù í Ú âââ áG¤Í G¤ Ö¤Í ß ó à —˜”™ ç ß ó óà ç ¡øD ×ò ç ¡7‹ ¨CÖ Ù í íÚ wááG¤Í G¤ ÐøD ÎÎÎÎÎÎÎÎÎÎÎÎΓ Ðââââ ÛèrÍ ÐÑ Ö¤Í Ñ Ö¤Í áÓò  G¤Í ß ó óà é§¦Ñ ¨¨ Calculate the limit of reinforcement along the nozzle wall projecting inside the vessel surface, if applicable. ¡7†!ú ¥ ¨¨ ¡7• ¨CÖ Ù í íÚ wÐøD ÎÎÎÎÎÎÎÎÎÎÎÎΓ Ðââââ ÛèrÍ ÐÑ Ö¤Í Ñ Ö¤Í 7†!ú ß ó óà ¥ ¨ Determine the total available area near the nozzle opening (see VIII-2, Figures 4.5.1 and 4.5.2) where frm and Frp are given by VIII-2, Equations (4.5.21) and (4.5.22) respectively. Do not include any area that falls outside of the limits defined by LH , LR , and LI . For set–in nozzles: ÊՐ áááááÕì Ðü!ò ÙÚ áÕú Õûßà Õþì Õþú Õþû Ðü!ò Õÿ ¡Õì ÐG¤Í 7‰ é¦¥Ñ ¨ “ ¡Õú ÐÖ¤Í 7‹ %¦ÑÑ ¨ “ ¡Õû ÐÖ¤Í 7• ¥ ¨ “ ¡Õþì Ð¥¦ ‚HÒì “ ¥¦çÑ ¨ “
ACETONE ABSORPTION COLUMN Required: “CONFIDENTIAL” Sh.a. DESIGNED: Arberor MITA Design group“ELMAGERARD” ¡Õþú Ð¥¦ ‚HÒú “ ¥¦çÑ ¨ “ ¡Õþû Ð¥¦ ‚HÒû “ ¥¦çÑ ¨ “ ¡Ë 祥 ¨¨ ¡Õÿï ÐË G¤ § ¨ “ ¡Õÿ ÐÙÚ Û7‰ Ö¤Íßà G¤ é¦ÑÑÑ ¨ “ ¡Õÿ ¨CÖÙÚ wÕÿï Õÿ ßà é¦ÑÑÑ ¨ “ ¡ü!ò ââ 3ïÝ ò 3ïÝ  ç ¡ü!D ââ 3ïÝ ò 3ïÝ  ç ¡Õ áááááÕì Ðü!ò ÙÚ áÕú Õûßà Õþì Õþú Õþû Ðü!ò Õÿ ç%¦¥ÑÑ ¨ “ Determine the applicable forces. For set–in nozzles, Êüš ÐÐ'ô g8î 7‹ ¡gò ââââ ÛèrÍ ÐÑ Ö¤Í Ñ ¡gðò âââââ Ö¤Í lm Ù í Ú âââ ágò Ö¤Í gò ß ó à çѦ§ ¨¨ ¡üš ÐÐ'ô gðò 7‹ Ñç%¦¥% (Ò Êü“ ââââââ ÐÐ'ô gðò ÙÚ á7‰ Ö¤Íßà Ñ ¡G¤££ áG¤Í Ù í Ú âââ Ðü!D Õÿ 7‹ ß ó à 禥 ¨ ¡gð8 âââââ G¤££ lm Ù í Ú ââââ ág¤££ Ö¤Í g¤££ ß ó à ÙÚ Ðç¦% ç¥ ” ßà ¨¨ ¡ü“ ââââââ ÐÐ'ô gð8 ÙÚ á7‰ Ö¤Íßà Ñ ÙÚ ÐѦ¥ ç¥ ” ßà (Ò
ACETONE ABSORPTION COLUMN Required: “CONFIDENTIAL” Sh.a. DESIGNED: Arberor MITA Design group“ELMAGERARD” ¡ü“ ââââ ÐÐ'ô gð8 gò Ñ ÙÚ Ðé¦%Ñ ç¥ ” ßà (Ò Determine the average local primary membrane stress and the general primary membrane stress at the nozzle intersection. ¡3ïÞ ââââ ááüš ü“ ü“ Ր §ç¦ÑçÑ ââ(Ò ¨ “ ¡3˜ñ!˜ âââ Ð'ô gð8 ÐÑ G¤££ çѦ¥Ñ ââ(Ò ¨ “ Determine the maximum local primary membrane stress at the nozzle intersection. ¡' tuv ÙÚ wÛÐÑ 3ïÞ 3˜ñ!˜ 3˜ñ!˜ßà ÙÚ Ðç¦ç ç¥ ” ßà ââ(Ò ¨ “ The calculated maximum local primary membrane stress should satisfy VIII-2, Equation 4.5.146. If the nozzle is subjected to internal pressure, then the allowable stress, is given by VIII-2, Equation 4.5.57. If the nozzle is subjected to external pressure,then the allowable stress is given by VIII-2, Equation 4.5.58. ÐÐç¦ 3ïÝ  5 ÙÚ Ðç¦ ç¥ ” ßà ââ(Ò ¨ “ x' ÐÐç¦ 3ïÝ  5 Determine the maximum allowable working pressure of the nozzle. ¡Õ† ââââ ááüš ü“ ü“ ' ¦é ¨ “ ¡'îïðì ââââââ ÐÐç¦ 3ïÝ  5 Û Ù í Ú ââ ÐÑ Õ† Ր ß ó à Ù í Ú ââ gð8 ÐÑ G¤££ ß ó à ÛѦ%¥Ñ ââ(Ò ¨ “ ¡'îïðú ÐÐÑ 3ïÝ  Ù í Ú ââ G¤Í gð8 ß ó à ¦§é ââ(Ò ¨ “ ¡'îïð tuv ÙÚ w'îïðì 'îïðúßà ¦§é ââ(Ò ¨ “ The nozzle is acceptable because: Œ'îïð 'ô
ACETONE ABSORPTION COLUMN Required: “CONFIDENTIAL” Sh.a. DESIGNED: Arberor MITA Design group“ELMAGERARD” 10.0 Check the design of a radial nozzle in a cylindrical shell based on the vessel and nozzle data below.Verify the adequacy of the attachment welds. Calculate the shear stresses from the applied nozzle loads and compare to the acceptance criteria of UG-45. The parameters used in this design procedure are shown in Figure E4.5.5. ¡'ô Ð% ââ(Ò ¨ “ Design pressure ¡)ô %¥ 0× Design temperature ÛÛ1Õ ç¥ Ñ¥¥ Shell material: carbon steel plate ¡3ïÝ  ç饥 ââ(Ò ¨ “ Permissible tensile stress ¡ä ÐÐÑ ç¥ › ââ(Ò ¨ “ Elastic modulus ¡5 ¥¦ Joint efficiency ¡×Õ % ¨¨ Corrosion allowance ÛÛ1Õ ç§ ¥ 2 Nozzle material ¡3ïÝ ò ç饥 ââ(Ò ¨ “ Nozzle material permissible tensile stress ÛÛ1Õ ç¥ Ñ¥¥ Reinforcement pad material ¡3ïÝ D ç饥 ââ(Ò ¨ “ Reinforcement pad material permissible tensile stress ¡rÍ ç%¥¥ ¨¨ Shell Inside Diameter ¡GrÍ ¨¨ Shell thickness ¡2rÍ %Ñ ¨¨ Nozzle outside diameter ¡ÖrÍ ¨¨ Nozzle thickness ¡'rÍ §¥¥ ¨¨ Reinforcement pad diameter ¡õrÍ ¨¨ Reinforcement pad thickness ¡16 %饥 (Ò Applied shear load Applied torsional moment
ACETONE ABSORPTION COLUMN Required: “CONFIDENTIAL” Sh.a. DESIGNED: Arberor MITA Design group“ELMAGERARD” ¡)œ ÐÑ¥ (Ò ¨ Applied torsional moment All category A joints are to be fully radiographed (see UW-3). Section VIII, Division 1 Solution Evaluate per UG-37. The required thickness of the shell based on circumferential stress is given by UG-27(c)(1). ¡G! ââââââ Ð'ô ââ rÍ Ñ ÛÐ3ïÝ  5 ¥¦§ 'ô 禧éç ¨¨ The required thickness of the nozzle based on circumferential stress is given by UG-27(c)(1). ¡G!ò ââââââ Ð'ô ââ 2rÍ Ñ ÛÐ3ïÝ  5 ¥¦§ 'ô ¥¦éçé ¨¨ Determine the Minimum Nozzle Thickness per UG-45. 1) For access openings and openings used only for inspection: ÊG$žþÿ ¨@Ÿ ÙÚ wGï G ßà Where, ÊG ¨@Ÿ ÙÚ wG û ¨@Ÿ ÙÚ wG ì G úßàßà t , the minimum neck thickness required for internal or external pressure using UG-27 and UG-28 (plus corrosion allowance), as applicable. The effects of external forces and moments from supplemental loads (see UG-22) shall be considered. Shear stresses caused by UG-22 loadings shall not exceed 70% of the allowable tensile stress for the nozzle material. ¡Gï áG!ò ×Õ %¦éçé ¨¨ , for vessels under internal pressure, the thickness (plus corrosion allowance) required forG ì pressure for the shell or head at the location where the nozzle neck or other connection attaches to the vessel but in no case less than the minimum thickness specified for the material in UG-16(b). ¡G$žì ~ 禧 ¨¨ ¡G ì tuv ÙÚ wáG! ×Õ G$žì ~ßà 馧éç ¨¨ , for vessels under external pressure, the thickness (plus corrosion allowance) obtainedG ú by using the external design pressure as an equivalent internal design pressure in the formula for the shell or head at the location where the nozzle neck or other connection attaches to the vessel but in no case less than the minimum thickness specified for the material in UG-16(b).
ACETONE ABSORPTION COLUMN Required: “CONFIDENTIAL” Sh.a. DESIGNED: Arberor MITA Design group“ELMAGERARD” , for vessels under external pressure, the thickness (plus corrosion allowance) obtained by using the external design pressure as an equivalent internal design pressure in the formula for the shell or head at the location where the nozzle neck or other connection attaches to the vessel but in no case less than the minimum thickness specified for the material in UG-16(b). ¡G ú ¥ ¨¨ , the thickness given in Table UG-45 plus the thickness added for corrosion allowance.G û ¡GÌï ݤ ¦%é ¨¨ ¡G û áGÌï ݤ ×Õ çç¦%é ¨¨ Therefore, ¡G ¨CÖÙÚ wG û tuv ÙÚ wG ì G úßàßà 馧éç ¨¨ Calculate the maximum membrane shear stress due to the superimposed shear and torsion loads and compare to the allowable shear stress. As specified in the definition of ta in UG-45: ¡18 Ð¥¦ 3ïÝ  ¥ ââ(Ò ¨ “ Membrane shear stress from shear load: ¡18Ý ââââÑ 16 ÐÐ 2rÍ ÖrÍ Ñ¦é ââ(Ò ¨ “ Membrane shear stress from torsional moment: ¡1ÌÝ ââââââ)œ ÐÐÑ Ù í Ú ââ 2rÍ Ñ ß ó à “ GrÍ Ñ¥¦§% ââ(Ò ¨ “ Total membrane stress: ¡1Ý á18Ý 1ÌÝ Ñ¦çç ââ(Ò ¨ “ Since x1Ý 18 the nozzle is adequately designed for the applied shear loads. Calculate the required weld sizes per UW-16(d) and Fig. UW-16.1 Sketch (q). See Figure E4.5.5 of this example. 1) Outer nozzle fillet weld, based on throat dimensions: ¡G˜ ¨CÖÙÚ w§¦% ¨¨ Ð¥¦ GrÍßà ¦§ ¨¨ ¡G˜ï˜Ì Ð¥¦ ¨¨ ¦§ ¨¨ ¡G˜ï˜Ì G˜ Outer reinforcing element fillet weld, based on throat dimensions: ¡)¡•@G! Ð¥¦ GrÍ é ¨¨
ACETONE ABSORPTION COLUMN Required: “CONFIDENTIAL” Sh.a. DESIGNED: Arberor MITA Design group“ELMAGERARD” ¡)¡•@G!ï˜Ì Ð¥¦ § ¨¨ é¦Ñ ¨¨ i)¡•@G!ï˜Ì )¡•@G! Reinforcing element groove weld: ¡G¢ Ð¥¦ GrÍ ¦§ ¨¨ ¡G¢ï˜Ì ¦Ñ ¨¨ ŒG˜ï˜Ì G˜ Shell groove weld: ¡G¢ Ð¥¦ GrÍ ¦§ ¨¨ ¡G¢ï˜Ì ¦Ñ ¨¨ ŒG˜ï˜Ì G˜ Calculate the Limits of Reinforcement per UG-40. 1) Reinforcing dimensions for a reinforced nozzle per Fig. UG-40 sketch (b-1). See Figure E4.5.5 of this example: 2) The limits of reinforcement, measured parallel to the vessel wall in the corroded condition: ¡G𠨨 Ѧ Gð Ñ¥ ¨¨ ¡7ð Ðeì 2rÍ Ñ¦Ñ ¨¨ Œ7ð Ѧ Gð Therfore UG-40 (e-1) ¡ Ö¤Í G¤  Ž   ‘ ’ ¨¨ ¨¨  Ž   ‘ ’ ¡G¤ ¨¨ Reinforcment pad The limits of reinforcement, measured parallel to the vessel wall in the corroded condition: ¡grÍ ââââ Û2rÍ ÐÑ ÖrÍ Ñ ç§ ¨¨ ¡G¤Í ¨¨ ¡èrÍ ÐÑ grÍ ¥¦%çÑ ¨ tuv ÙÚ wèrÍ áágrÍ GrÍ ÖrÍßà %çÑ ¨¨ ¨CÖÙÚ wÐѦ G¤Í áÐѦ Ö¤Í G¤ßà Ñ¥ ¨¨ Calculate the reinforcement strength parameters per UG-37. 1) Strength Reduction Factors: ¡3ïÝ D 3ïÝ  ¡ü!ì ââ 3ïÝ ò 3ïÝ  ç
ACETONE ABSORPTION COLUMN Required: “CONFIDENTIAL” Sh.a. DESIGNED: Arberor MITA Design group“ELMAGERARD” ¡ü!ú ââ 3ïÝ ò 3ïÝ  ç ¡ü!û âââââââ ¨CÖÙÚ w3ïÝ ò 3ïÝ D ßà 3ïÝ  ç ¡ü!þ ââ 3ïÝ D 3ïÝ  ç Joint Efficiency Parameter: For a nozzle located in a solid plate: Correction Factor for variation of internal pressure stresses on different planes with respect to the axis of the vessel: For a nozzle in an ellipsoidal head. Calculate the Areas of Reinforcement, see Fig. UG–37.1 Area Required, A : ¡5 ¥¦ ¡ø ç ¡Õ áÐèrÍ G¤Í ÐÐÐÐÑ G¤Í Ö¤Í ø ÙÚ Ûç ü!ìßà Ñ馧 ¨ “ Area Available in the Shell, A1 . Use larger value: ¡Õìì ÛÐèrÍ ÙÚ ÛÐ5 G¤Í Ðø G!ßà ÐÑ Ö¤Í ÙÚ ÛÐ5 G¤Í Ðø G!ßà ÙÚ Ûç ü!ìßà 秦¥§ ¨ “ ¡Õìú ÛÐÑ ÙÚ áG¤Í Ö¤Íßà ÙÚ ÛÐ5 G¤Í Ðø G!ßà ÐÑ Ö¤Í ÙÚ ÛÐ5 G¤Í Ðø G!ßà ÙÚ Ûç ü!ìßà ç¦§ç ¨ “ ¡Õì tuv ÙÚ wÕìì Õìúßà 秦¥§ ¨ “ Area Available in the Nozzle Projecting Outward, A2 . Use the smaller value: ¡Õúì ÐÐ ÙÚ ÛÖ¤Í G!òßà ü!ú G¤Í %¦¥%é ¨ “ ¡Õúú ÐÐ ÙÚ ÛÖ¤Í G!òßà ü!ú ÙÚ áÖ¤Í G¤ßà §¦¥§ ¨ “ ¡Õú ¨CÖÙÚ wÕúì Õúúßà %¦¥%é ¨ “ Area Available in the Nozzle Projecting Inward, A3 : ¡Gñ ¥ ¨¨ ¡Õû tym ÙÚ wwÐÐ G Gñ ü!ú ÐÐ Gñ Gñ ü!ú ÐÐÑ Óò  Gñ ü!úßà ¥ ¨ “ Area Available in Welds, A41 , A42 , A43 , use the following minimum specified weld leg dimensions, see Figure E4.5.3 of this example: ¡‚HÒì § ¨¨ ¡‚HÒú § ¨¨ ¡‚HÒû § ¨¨ ¡Õþì ЂHÒì “ ü!ú ¥¦%§ ¨ “ ¡Õþú ЂHÒú “ ü!ú ¥¦%§ ¨ “
ACETONE ABSORPTION COLUMN Required: “CONFIDENTIAL” Sh.a. DESIGNED: Arberor MITA Design group“ELMAGERARD” ¡Õþû ЂHÒû “ ü!ú ¥¦%§ ¨ “ ¡Õþ ááÕþì Õþú Õþû 禥 ¨ “ Area Available in Element, A5 : ¡! §¥¥ ¨¨ ¡Õÿ ÐÐÙÚ ÛÛ! èrÍ ÐÑ Ö¤Íßà G¤ ü!þ Ñ禧 ¨ “ Total Available Area, Aavail : ¡ÕïïñÝ ááááÕì Õú Õû Õþ Õÿ éç¦ ¨ “ Nozzle reinforcement acceptance criterion: ŒÕïïñÝ Õ The load to be carried by the welds is calculated in accordance with UG-41. Per Fig. UG-41.1, sketch (a) Nozzle Attachment Weld Loads and Weld Strength Paths to be Considered; typical nozzle detail with nozzle neck inserted through (set–in) the vessel wall. Weld Load for Strength Path 1-1, W1 1 . ¡Ëìžì ÐÙÚ áááÕú Õÿ Õþì Õþúßà 3ïÝ  5 ÙÚ Ð%¦¥%§ ç¥ £ ßà (Ò Weld Load for Strength Path 2-2, W 2 2 ¡Ëúžú ÐÙÚ ááááÕú Õû Õþì Õþû ÐÐÐÑ G¤Í Ö¤Í ü!ìßà 3ïÝ  5 ÙÚ Ð¦ç ç¥ ” ßà (Ò Weld Load for Strength Path 3-3, W 3 3 . ¡Ëûžû ÐÙÚ ááááááÕú Õû Õÿ Õþì Õþú Õþû ÐÐÐÑ G¤Í Ö¤Í ü!ìßà 3ïÝ  5 ÙÚ Ð%¦Ñ%ç ç¥ £ ßà (Ò Total Weld Load, W . ¡Ë ÐÙÚ áÛÕ Õì ÐÐÐÑ Ö¤Í ü!ì ÙÚ ÛÐ5 G¤Í Ðø G!ßàßà 3ïÝ  5 ÙÚ Ðç¦ç% ç¥ £ ßà (Ò Since W is smaller than W3 3 , W may be used in place of W 3 3 for comparing weld capacity to weld load. Determine the allowable stresses of the attachment welds for weld strength path check. The allowable stress of the welds should be considered equal to the lesser of the two allowable stresses joined. Per UW-15(c) and UG-45(c), the allowable stresses for groove/fillet welds in percentages of stress value for the vessel material, used with UG-41 calculations are as follows: Groove Weld Tension:74% Groove Weld Shear:60% Fillet Weld Shear:49% Nozzle Neck Shear:70% Fillet Weld Shear – Outer Nozzle Fillet and Outer Element Fillet:
ACETONE ABSORPTION COLUMN Required: “CONFIDENTIAL” Sh.a. DESIGNED: Arberor MITA Design group“ELMAGERARD” welds in percentages of stress value for the vessel material, used with UG-41 calculations are as follows: Groove Weld Tension:74% Groove Weld Shear:60% Fillet Weld Shear:49% Nozzle Neck Shear:70% Fillet Weld Shear – Outer Nozzle Fillet and Outer Element Fillet: ¡1ò£8 Ð¥¦é 3ïÝ  §§ ââ(Ò ¨ “ Groove Weld Tension – Nozzle Groove Weld and Element Groove Weld: ¡1òÞÌ Ð¥¦é 3ïÝ  ÙÚ Ð禥%§ ç¥ ” ßà ââ(Ò ¨ “ Groove Weld Shear: ¡1Þ8 Ð¥¦§¥ 3ïÝ  é¥ ââ(Ò ¨ “ Nozzle Wall Shear: ¡1ò8 Ð¥¦¥ 3ïÝ  ¥ ââ(Ò ¨ “ Determine the Strength of Connection Elements 1) Outer Nozzle Fillet Weld Shear: ¡œ2Ë1 ÐÐÐâ Ñ 2rÍ ‚HÒì 1ò£8 ÙÚ ÐѦçÑç ç¥ £ ßà (Ò Outer Element Fillet Weld Shear: ¡œäË1 ÐÐÐâ Ñ ! ‚HÒì 1ò£8 ÙÚ Ð%¦ ç¥ £ ßà (Ò Nozzle Groove Weld Tension: ¡2…Ë) ÐÐÐâ Ñ 2rÍ ‚HÒì 1òÞÌ ÙÚ Ð%¦Ñ¥% ç¥ £ ßà (Ò Element Groove Weld Tension: ¡ä…Ë) ÐÐÐâ Ñ 2rÍ ‚HÒì 1òÞÌ ÙÚ Ð%¦Ñ¥% ç¥ £ ßà (Ò Nozzle Wall Shear: ¡2Ë1 ÐÐÐâ Ñ Ö¤Í ÙÚ Û2rÍ Ö¤Íßà 1ò8 ÙÚ Ð%¦éç ç¥ £ ßà (Ò Check Weld Strength Paths ¡'@GÓìžì áœäË1 2Ë1 ÙÚ Ð¦Ñ ç¥ £ ßà (Ò ¡'@GÓú ú ááœ2Ë1 ä…Ë) 2…Ë) ÙÚ Ð¦Ñ§ ç¥ £ ßà (Ò
ACETONE ABSORPTION COLUMN Required: “CONFIDENTIAL” Sh.a. DESIGNED: Arberor MITA Design group“ELMAGERARD” @GÓúžú áᜠË1 …Ë …Ë Ú § ¥ à Ò ¡'@GÓûžû áœäË1 2…Ë) ÙÚ Ð¦¥Ñ ç¥ £ ßà (Ò '@GÓìžì ÙÚ Ð¦Ñ ç¥ £ ßà (Ò Ëìžì ÙÚ Ð%¦¥%§ ç¥ £ ßà (Ò Œ'@GÓìžì Ëìžì '@GÓúžú ÙÚ Ð¦Ñ§ ç¥ £ ßà (Ò Ëúžú ÙÚ Ð¦ç ç¥ ” ßà (Ò Œ'@GÓúžú Ëúžú '@GÓûžû ÙÚ Ð¦¥Ñ ç¥ £ ßà (Ò Ëûžû ÙÚ Ð%¦Ñ%ç ç¥ £ ßà (Ò Œ'@GÓûžû Ëûžû ¡¤ tym ÙÚ ww'@GÓìžì '@GÓúžú '@GÓûžûßà ÙÚ Ð¦¥Ñ ç¥ £ ßà (Ò Ë ÙÚ Ðç¦ç% ç¥ £ ßà (Ò Œ¤ Ë

More Related Content

PPT
Absorption & indusrial absorber
bySunny Chauhan
 
PPTX
Gas Absorption & Stripping in Chemical Engineering (Part 3/4)
byChemical Engineering Guy
 
PPTX
Design of-absorption-column
byAli Hassan
 
DOCX
Absorption process
byChemical Engineering Students Society
 
PDF
Mass transfer and distillation column
byFaruk Eyigün
 
PPTX
Gas absorption ppt
byAnkit_Mistry
 
DOCX
1 reboilers types
bylesvit
 
PDF
Perry’s Chemical Engineers’ Handbook 7ma Ed Chap 13
byGrey Enterprise Holdings, Inc.
 
Absorption & indusrial absorber
bySunny Chauhan
 
Gas Absorption & Stripping in Chemical Engineering (Part 3/4)
byChemical Engineering Guy
 
Design of-absorption-column
byAli Hassan
 
Absorption process
byChemical Engineering Students Society
 
Mass transfer and distillation column
byFaruk Eyigün
 
Gas absorption ppt
byAnkit_Mistry
 
1 reboilers types
bylesvit
 
Perry’s Chemical Engineers’ Handbook 7ma Ed Chap 13
byGrey Enterprise Holdings, Inc.
 

What's hot

PDF
Design of packed columns
byalsyourih
 
PDF
Kettle reboilers
byAtif Khan
 
DOCX
Packed columns
byDoaa Shaheen
 
PPTX
Types of trays in distillation tower
bywww.thepetrosolutions.com
 
PPTX
Distillation Column Design
byEPIC Systems
 
PDF
Using HTRI technology within Petro-SIM
byKBC (A Yokogawa Company)
 
PPTX
Trays in distillation column
byShaukat Ali
 
PDF
The Design and Layout of Vertical Thermosyphon Reboilers
byGerard B. Hawkins
 
PPTX
Episode 43 : DESIGN of Rotary Vacuum Drum Filter
bySAJJAD KHUDHUR ABBAS
 
PPTX
CEDB201 REBOILER DESIGN_2022.pptx
bySydneyJaydeanKhanyil
 
PPTX
Thermosyphon Reboiler & its type with operational parameter.
byGovind Keshavrao Patil
 
DOC
Full report gas absorption
byErra Zulkifli
 
PDF
Reactor and Catalyst Design
byGerard B. Hawkins
 
PDF
Distillation tutorial in hysys
byWelisson Silva
 
PDF
Feed conditions in distillation column with respect to feed plate and reflux
byIhsan Ali
 
DOCX
CRE Numericals
byMujeeb UR Rahman
 
PPT
Distillation
bySujeet TAMBE
 
PPTX
Batch Reactor
byAwais Chaudhary
 
PPTX
Crystalization (Mass Transfer)
byKrishnaKantNayak2
 
PPTX
Leaching
byAbhijit Panchmatiya
 
Design of packed columns
byalsyourih
 
Kettle reboilers
byAtif Khan
 
Packed columns
byDoaa Shaheen
 
Types of trays in distillation tower
bywww.thepetrosolutions.com
 
Distillation Column Design
byEPIC Systems
 
Using HTRI technology within Petro-SIM
byKBC (A Yokogawa Company)
 
Trays in distillation column
byShaukat Ali
 
The Design and Layout of Vertical Thermosyphon Reboilers
byGerard B. Hawkins
 
Episode 43 : DESIGN of Rotary Vacuum Drum Filter
bySAJJAD KHUDHUR ABBAS
 
CEDB201 REBOILER DESIGN_2022.pptx
bySydneyJaydeanKhanyil
 
Thermosyphon Reboiler & its type with operational parameter.
byGovind Keshavrao Patil
 
Full report gas absorption
byErra Zulkifli
 
Reactor and Catalyst Design
byGerard B. Hawkins
 
Distillation tutorial in hysys
byWelisson Silva
 
Feed conditions in distillation column with respect to feed plate and reflux
byIhsan Ali
 
CRE Numericals
byMujeeb UR Rahman
 
Distillation
bySujeet TAMBE
 
Batch Reactor
byAwais Chaudhary
 
Crystalization (Mass Transfer)
byKrishnaKantNayak2
 
Leaching
byAbhijit Panchmatiya
 

Similar to Acetone absorption column

PPTX
gas absorption
byAbhijit Panchmatiya
 
PDF
Dialnet design ofa-packedbedabsorptioncolumnconsideringfourp-6483863
byAbderrahim Nadifi
 
PDF
Mass Transfer Principles for Vapor-Liquid Unit Operations (3 of 3)
byChemical Engineering Guy
 
PPTX
Packed towers
bySuja S
 
PDF
Week # 04_Lecture # 07_Packed Column.pdf
bySufyanKhan752880
 
PDF
Natural gas sweetening using MDEA
byJustice Okoroma
 
PDF
MASS transfer operations ppt_1.pdf
bypradeepnalla1
 
PPT
absorption.ppt
byRadhakrishnanPalanis
 
PPTX
MTO-Lecture 9-Absorption-Stripping.pptx
byMuhammadAqeel749671
 
PPTX
Absorber with details including Material Balance
byhifzatufail099
 
PPTX
FINAL DESIGN-OF-ABSORPTION-COLUMN
byAli Hassan
 
PPT
4503216
byInstitute of Chemical Technology
 
DOCX
Gas absorbtion
byAzlan Skool
 
PPTX
Absorption and Stripping of Dilute Mixtures.pptx
bykamalzafar786
 
PPTX
محاضرة 3 power point # .pptx
byFarahTalib4
 
PPT
Absorption of the packed towers and rich gas cases
byKhuramMaqsood2
 
PPTX
GAS ABSORPTION_Practice.pptx
byJerome Javier
 
PPT
two unit-3 Absorption2 unit operations.ppt
byalemayehuc1
 
PPT
unit-3 Absorption processes and method-dilan.ppt
byalemayehuc1
 
PDF
Absorption of Nitrogen Dioxide into Sodium Carbonate Solution in Packed Column
byIJMER
 
gas absorption
byAbhijit Panchmatiya
 
Dialnet design ofa-packedbedabsorptioncolumnconsideringfourp-6483863
byAbderrahim Nadifi
 
Mass Transfer Principles for Vapor-Liquid Unit Operations (3 of 3)
byChemical Engineering Guy
 
Packed towers
bySuja S
 
Week # 04_Lecture # 07_Packed Column.pdf
bySufyanKhan752880
 
Natural gas sweetening using MDEA
byJustice Okoroma
 
MASS transfer operations ppt_1.pdf
bypradeepnalla1
 
absorption.ppt
byRadhakrishnanPalanis
 
MTO-Lecture 9-Absorption-Stripping.pptx
byMuhammadAqeel749671
 
Absorber with details including Material Balance
byhifzatufail099
 
FINAL DESIGN-OF-ABSORPTION-COLUMN
byAli Hassan
 
4503216
byInstitute of Chemical Technology
 
Gas absorbtion
byAzlan Skool
 
Absorption and Stripping of Dilute Mixtures.pptx
bykamalzafar786
 
محاضرة 3 power point # .pptx
byFarahTalib4
 
Absorption of the packed towers and rich gas cases
byKhuramMaqsood2
 
GAS ABSORPTION_Practice.pptx
byJerome Javier
 
two unit-3 Absorption2 unit operations.ppt
byalemayehuc1
 
unit-3 Absorption processes and method-dilan.ppt
byalemayehuc1
 
Absorption of Nitrogen Dioxide into Sodium Carbonate Solution in Packed Column
byIJMER
 

Recently uploaded

PDF
Dimensional Analysis and modelling similitude
by360degrees1
 
PPTX
PVD MNA 501 Recipe Review with understanding
byNritaGaur1
 
PPTX
MET 464 /MOD 2/MIRCO AND NANO MANUFACTURING/SESSION 1.pptx
byVINAY B
 
PPTX
Unit 5 - THERMO ELECTRIC ENERGY BASED PROCESSES .pptx
byarivazhaganrajangam
 
PDF
Unconventional reservoirs in petroleum engineering
byMuhammadHaris61480
 
PPT
lecture ppt on chlor_alkali_industries process
byrobo neon
 
PDF
convex_hull generation using the Quickhull
by😀 Shahrokh Paravarzar, PhD, E.I.T
 
PPTX
STM Unit 2 Complete notes for engineering students for better understanding
byLakshmiVivekaKesanap
 
PPT
Unit 1 - SHAPER, MILLING AND GEAR CUTTING MACHINES .ppt
byarivazhaganrajangam
 
PPTX
Lecture 2_Introduction to engineering design.pptx
bylynxvill3
 
PPT
Steam generation , types of steam, boilers and their classifications, mountin...
byPrashantPatunkar1
 
PPTX
Forouzan6e_ch09_PPTs_Transport.pptxmcgrawhill
byshaiviadesh
 
PPTX
PEMET413 -COMPOSITE MATERIALS -KTU MOD 1 LECTURE 4.pptx
byVINAY B
 
PPT
introduction to supply chain management.ppt
byrutujawawre
 
PPTX
Slide sur les concepts_Module_5_STP.pptx
bydine46
 
PDF
RisaTakahashi_Food plating referencer: A Visual Plateware Selection System Ba...
byMatsushita Laboratory
 
PPTX
lecture note on evaluation of project proposals
byMuhammed936900
 
PPTX
PQ CHP-1 brief introduction to power quality
bySureshEtukuriE1
 
PPTX
CIS cloud computing introduction with explation.pptx
bykswanthana
 
PPTX
SOFTWARE PROJECT MANAGEMENT PART 1-.pptx
byssuserbafe2d
 
Dimensional Analysis and modelling similitude
by360degrees1
 
PVD MNA 501 Recipe Review with understanding
byNritaGaur1
 
MET 464 /MOD 2/MIRCO AND NANO MANUFACTURING/SESSION 1.pptx
byVINAY B
 
Unit 5 - THERMO ELECTRIC ENERGY BASED PROCESSES .pptx
byarivazhaganrajangam
 
Unconventional reservoirs in petroleum engineering
byMuhammadHaris61480
 
lecture ppt on chlor_alkali_industries process
byrobo neon
 
convex_hull generation using the Quickhull
by😀 Shahrokh Paravarzar, PhD, E.I.T
 
STM Unit 2 Complete notes for engineering students for better understanding
byLakshmiVivekaKesanap
 
Unit 1 - SHAPER, MILLING AND GEAR CUTTING MACHINES .ppt
byarivazhaganrajangam
 
Lecture 2_Introduction to engineering design.pptx
bylynxvill3
 
Steam generation , types of steam, boilers and their classifications, mountin...
byPrashantPatunkar1
 
Forouzan6e_ch09_PPTs_Transport.pptxmcgrawhill
byshaiviadesh
 
PEMET413 -COMPOSITE MATERIALS -KTU MOD 1 LECTURE 4.pptx
byVINAY B
 
introduction to supply chain management.ppt
byrutujawawre
 
Slide sur les concepts_Module_5_STP.pptx
bydine46
 
RisaTakahashi_Food plating referencer: A Visual Plateware Selection System Ba...
byMatsushita Laboratory
 
lecture note on evaluation of project proposals
byMuhammed936900
 
PQ CHP-1 brief introduction to power quality
bySureshEtukuriE1
 
CIS cloud computing introduction with explation.pptx
bykswanthana
 
SOFTWARE PROJECT MANAGEMENT PART 1-.pptx
byssuserbafe2d
 

Acetone absorption column

  • 2.
    ACETONE ABSORPTION COLUMN Required:“CONFIDENTIAL” Sh.a. DESIGNED: Arberor MITA Design group“ELMAGERARD” CALCULATION REPORT TECHNOLOGICAL AND CONSTRUCTION PROJECT EQUIPMENT "ACETONE ABSORPTION COLUMN" Nomenclature 1. Inrodiction
  • 3.
    ACETONE ABSORPTION COLUMN Required:“CONFIDENTIAL” Sh.a. DESIGNED: Arberor MITA Design group“ELMAGERARD” Nomenclature 1. Inrodiction 2. Project data 2.1. Problem description 2.2. Packing parameters 2.3. Inlet data 3. Design procedure 3.1. Tower diameter 3.2. Pressure drop 3.3. Diffusion coefficients 3.4. Mass transfer coefficients 3.5. Packing Height 3.6. Operating and equilibrium lines 4.0 Designig of internals 5.0 Determination of nozzles inside diameters 6.0 Mechanical design of absortion column as per ASME S8. Di1/Di2 6.1 Minimum shell thickness 6.2 Torispherical head design 6.3 Shell thicnes at diffrent heights 7.0 Design of support 7.0' Design of support (conventional method) 8.0 Design of flanged joints 9.0 Design an integral radial nozzle centrally located 10.0 Check the design of a radial nozzle in a cylindrical shell Abstract In the present work, a packed bed absorption column is designed to remove certain amounts of acetone contained in a gaseous stream. Four packing types (50-mm metal Hiflow® rings, 50-mm ceramic Pall® rings, 50-mm metal Top Pak® rings rings) are and 25-mm metal VSP®
  • 4.
    ACETONE ABSORPTION COLUMN Required:“CONFIDENTIAL” Sh.a. DESIGNED: Arberor MITA Design group“ELMAGERARD” Abstract In the present work, a packed bed absorption column is designed to remove certain amounts of acetone contained in a gaseous stream. Four packing types (50-mm metal Hiflow® rings, 50-mm ceramic Pall® rings, 50-mm metal Top Pak® rings rings) are and 25-mm metal VSP® considered in order to select the most appropriate one in terms of column dimensions, pressure drop and mass-transfer results. Several design parameters were determined including column diameter (D), packing height (Z), overall mass-transfer coefficient (Km) and gas pressure drop (delta P/Z), as well as the overall number of gas-phase transfer units (NtOG), overall height of a gas-phase transfer unit (HtOG) and the effective surface area of packing (ah). The most adequate packing to use for this absorption system constitutes the 25-mm metal VSP® rings, since it provided the greatest values of Km , ah , as well as the lowest values of both Z and HtOG , meaning that it will supply the higher mass-transfer conditions with the lowest column dimensions, but it does not comply with the requirement of pressure drop delta P/Z() for this reason the next adequate packing to use for this absorption system is 50-mm ceramic Pall® rings. The influence of both gas mixture (QG) and solvent (mL') feed flowrates on D, Z, Km, P/Z, NtOG and HtOG was also evaluated for the four packing considered. The design methodology was solved using computing software MATHCAD PRIME 3.0. Nomenclature ah Effective specific surface area of packing m-1 A Absorption factor Dimensionless Ch Hydraulic factor Dimensionless CL Mass-transfer factor Dimensionless CP Hydraulic factor Dimensionless CSflood CS coefficient at flooding conditions m/s CV Mass-transfer factor Dimensionless dP Effective particle diameter m D Tower diameter m DG Gas-phase diffusion coefficient m2/s DL Liquid-phase diffusion coefficient m2/s e/k Lennard-Jones parameter K fflood Flooding factor % Fp Packing factor ft-1 Fr Froude number Dimensionless G Mass velocity kg/m2.s GMy Gas molar velocity kmol/m2.s GMx Liquid molar velocity kmol/m2.s hL Liquid holdup Dimensionless H Henry’s constant atm HtOG Overall height of a gas-phase transfer unit m kG Gas-phase convective mass- transfer coefficient kmol/m kL Liquid-phase convective mass-transfer coefficient m/s Km Overall volumetric mass- transfer coefficient kmol/m3 Kv Volumetric mass-transfer coefficient kmol/m3
  • 5.
    ACETONE ABSORPTION COLUMN Required:“CONFIDENTIAL” Sh.a. DESIGNED: Arberor MITA Design group“ELMAGERARD” GMy Gas molar velocity kmol/m GMx Liquid molar velocity kmol/m hL Liquid holdup Dimensionless H Henry’s constant atm HtOG Overall height of a gas-phase transfer unit kG Gas-phase convective mass- transfer coefficient kmol/m2.s kL Liquid-phase convective mass-transfer coefficient m/s Km Overall volumetric mass- transfer coefficient kmol/m3.s Kv Volumetric mass-transfer coefficient kmol/m3.s KW Wall factor Dimensionless m Mass flowrate kg/h M Molecular weight kg/kmol n Factor Dimensionless N Molar flowrate kmol/h NtOG Overall number of gas-phase transfer units Dimensionless ΔPlimit/Z Maximum pressure drop permitted Pa/m ΔP0/Z Dry pressure drop Pa/m ΔP/Z Overall pressure drop Pa/m P Pressure atm Q Volumetric flowrate m3/h R Ideal gas constant m3.atm/kmol.K %R Removal percent % Re Reynolds number Dimensionless Sc Schmidt number Dimensionless T Temperature ºC T* Factor Dimensionless v Velocity m/s vflood Velocity at flooding conditions m/s V Molar volume cm3/mol X Flow parameter Dimensionless x Mole fraction in liquid phase Fraction y Mole fraction in gas phase Fraction y* Mole fraction in gas phase in equilibrium with the liquid Fraction Z Parking height m Greek Symbols Density kg/m3 μ Viscosity Pa.s σ Collision diameter Å σAB Average collision diameter Å ψ0 Dry-packing resistance coefficient Dimensionless Dimensionless ΩD Diffusion collision integral Dimensionless 1. Inrodiction Gas-liquid operations are used extensively in chemical and petrochemical industries for
  • 6.
    ACETONE ABSORPTION COLUMN Required:“CONFIDENTIAL” Sh.a. DESIGNED: Arberor MITA Design group“ELMAGERARD” Dimensionless D Diffusion collision integral Dimensionless 1. Inrodiction Gas-liquid operations are used extensively in chemical and petrochemical industries for transferring mass, heat and momentum between the phases. Among the most important gas- liquid systems employed nowadays is absorption, defined as a mass transfer operation at which one or more soluble components contained in a gas phase mixture are dissolved into a liquid solvent whose volatility is low under process conditions. The absorption process could be classified as physical or chemical. The physical absorption occurs when the target solute is dissolved into the solvent, while the chemical absorption takes place when the target solute reacts with the solvent. The removal efficiency of any physical absorption process will depend on the physical-chemical properties (density, viscosity, diffusivity, etc.) and feed flowrates of the gaseous and liquid streams; the type of mass-transfer contact surface (packing or plate); the operating temperature and pressure (commonly, lower temperatures will favor gas absorption by the liquid solvent); gas-liquid ratio; contact time between phases; and the solute concentration at the inlet gas stream. Gas-liquid absorption operations are usually accomplished in equipment named absorbers. Absorbers are used to a great extent in industrial complexes and plants to separate and purify gaseous streams, to recover valuable products and chemicals, as well as for contamination control. The most common absorber types employed in industry are plate columns, packed towers, Venturi cleaning towers and spray chambers. Packed towers are widely used for gas- liquid absorption operations and, to a limited extent, for distillations. A typical packed column consists of a vertical, cylindrical shell containing a support plate for the packing material, mist eliminators, as well as a liquid distributing device designed to provide effective irrigation to the packing The liquid is fed at the top of the column and trickles down through the packed bed, exposing a large surface to contact the gaseous stream, which is supplied at the bottom of the tower . The design approach of a packed-bed absorber usually involves the determination of geometrical parameters such as tower diameter (D) and packing height (Z), as well as some other mass-transfer and operational variables such as convective mass-transfer coefficients for gas and liquid streams; dry and overall pressure drops; as well as overall mass-transfer coefficient. A well designed packed-bed tower will provide the required mass-transfer contact between gas and liquid phases, with low pressure drop, small capital and operating costs, and high removal efficiencies. At the present work, a packed bed absorber is designed to remove certain amounts of acetone contained in an air stream. Four different packing types (Pall®, Hiflow®, Top Pak® and VSP®) were evaluated in order to determine which packing configuration provides the lowest column dimensions (tower diameter and packing height) as well as the highest mass-transfer coefficient for this application, without exceeding the maximum allowable pressure drop and also without affecting the requested removal efficiency. The influence of both liquid solvent and gas mixture feed flowrates on 4 important process parameters (tower diameter, packing height, gas pressure drop and overall mass-transfer coefficient) was assessed for the four packing, while the effect of this two flowrates on two design parameters (overall number of gas-phase transfer units; NtOG and overall height of a gas-phase transfer unit, HtOG) was also determined.
  • 7.
    ACETONE ABSORPTION COLUMN Required:“CONFIDENTIAL” Sh.a. DESIGNED: Arberor MITA Design group“ELMAGERARD” Figure 1: Typical layout of a packed bed absorber 2. Project data A gaseous mixture containing air and acetone, with a molar composition of 99 % air and 1 % of acetone.The ethanol must be removed by means of a countercurrent absorption process
  • 8.
    ACETONE ABSORPTION COLUMN Required:“CONFIDENTIAL” Sh.a. DESIGNED: Arberor MITA Design group“ELMAGERARD” 2. Project data 2.1. Problem description A gaseous mixture containing air and acetone, with a molar composition of 99 % air and 1 % of acetone.The ethanol must be removed by means of a countercurrent absorption process using water as the solvent. The gas mixture will enter the tower at a rate of 4000 m3/h, at 27 ºC (300 K) and 1.7 atm, while the solvent (water) will be supplied at a flowrate of 14000 kg/h and also at 300 K. The required removal of acetone to a final concentration of 100 mg/m3, while the maximum pressure drop permitted for the gas stream should not exceed 250 Pa/m of packed height. It’s desired to design a suited packed-bed absorber working at 70% of flooding and operating under isothermal conditions. For this application, four packing types will be evaluated (Figure 2): 1. 50-mm metal Hiflow® rings 2. 50-mm ceramic Pall® rings 3. 50-mm metal Top Pak® rings, and 4. 25-mm metal VSP® rings. Table 1. Performance and mass-transfer characteristics of the different packing considered  ¡¢£¤¥¦ §¤¨©  ¡©© ! #  $¡%%'¡%¨(' §¤¦) $(0¤12 §¤¦) §¤¦)  '(¡%1'(0'33 45$(0¤12 $(0¤12 4 $(0¤12 6¡3¡¢¤7 $(0¤125§¤¦) $(0¤12 §¤¦) §¤¦) 2.2. Packing parameters 2.2.1. Hydraulic Parameters
  • 9.
    ACETONE ABSORPTION COLUMN Required:“CONFIDENTIAL” Sh.a. DESIGNED: Arberor MITA Design group“ELMAGERARD” 2.2. Packing parameters 2.2.1. Hydraulic Parameters 8¡ 9@ AB 2 Mass-transfer surface area per unit volume C¡D 9EF 2GH 50 mm Metal Hiflow rings C¡I 9BFB 2GH 50 mm Cheramic Pall rings C¡P 9QR 2GH 50 mm Metal Top Pac rings C¡S 9FTR 2GH 25 mm Metal VSP rings 8U @ Packing porosity or void fraction CUD TVEQQ 50 mm Metal Hiflow rings CUI TVQWX 50 mm Cheramic Pall rings CUP TVEW 50 mm Metal Top Pac rings CUS TVEQ 25 mm Metal VSP rings 86§ @ Hydraulic factor C6§D TVWQY 50 mm Metal Hiflow rings C6§I BVXXR 50 mm Cheramic Pall rings C6§P TVWWB 50 mm Metal Top Pac rings C6§S BVXYE 25 mm Metal VSP rings 86  @ Hydraulic factor C6 D TV`FB 50 mm Metal Hiflow rings C6 I TVYYF 50 mm Cheramic Pall rings C6 P TVYT` 50 mm Metal Top Pac rings C6 S TVQWF 25 mm Metal VSP rings 8a  9@ AB ¨ Packing factor 50 mm Metal Hiflow rings (ft)
  • 10.
    ACETONE ABSORPTION COLUMN Required:“CONFIDENTIAL” Sh.a. DESIGNED: Arberor MITA Design group“ELMAGERARD” Ca D RF 50 mm Metal Hiflow rings (ft) Ca I B`F 50 mm Cheramic Pall rings (ft) Ca P `Y 50 mm Metal Top Pac rings (ft) Ca S BTR 25 mm Metal VSP rings (ft) 2.2.2. Mass trasfer Parameters 864 @ Mass trasfer factor C64D BVBYW 50 mm Metal Hiflow rings C64I BVFFQ 50 mm Cheramic Pall rings C64P BVXFY 50 mm Metal Top Pac rings C64S BVXQY 25 mm Metal VSP rings 86 @ Mass trasfer factor C6D TV`TW 50 mm Metal Hiflow rings C6I TV`BR 50 mm Cheramic Pall rings C6P TVXWE 50 mm Metal Top Pac rings C6S TV`TR 25 mm Metal VSP rings Figure 1. Schematic drawing of the packed bed absorber operationg condition Since the absorption system operates at low pressure and temperature (1.7 atm and 300 K, respectively); the solute gas is very diluted in the liquid phase (that is, the liquid phase can be catalogued as a dilute liquid solution), the system operates under isothermal conditions and there is no reaction between the dissolved solute and the solvent, it’s assumed that the system obeys the Henry’s law, the value of the Henry’s constant for an acetone-water system
  • 11.
    ACETONE ABSORPTION COLUMN Required:“CONFIDENTIAL” Sh.a. DESIGNED: Arberor MITA Design group“ELMAGERARD” Since the absorption system operates at low pressure and temperature (1.7 atm and 300 K, respectively); the solute gas is very diluted in the liquid phase (that is, the liquid phase can be catalogued as a dilute liquid solution), the system operates under isothermal conditions and there is no reaction between the dissolved solute and the solvent, it’s assumed that the system obeys the Henry’s law, the value of the Henry’s constant for an acetone-water system operating at 27 ºC is H = 3.933 atm. Thus, the distribution coefficient for the gas-liquid system (acetone-water system) at 27 ºC and 1.7 atm is H/P = 3.933 /1.7 = 2.314. 2.3. Inlet data The inlet data necessary to carry out the design calculations are showed below: Cbc `TTT AA2d )' Volumetric flowrate C7efg TVTB Mole fraction of aceton C¢hi 9BTGp AA£¦ 2d Outlet concentration of acetone in the gass C2qr B`TTT A£¦ )' Mass flowrate of water C$efg RWVTW AA¦2 2© Molecular weight of acetone C$s BW AA¦2 2© Molecular weight of water C$etu FWVEY AA¦2 2© Combined molecular weight of air Cvw xEEVEE Acetone removal percent C¨y€‚ xQT Flooding factor 8AAƒ  „ 9FRT AA ¡ 2 C… 9FRT AA ¡ 2 Maximum pressure drop permitted C†q EEQVT`Q AA£¦ 2d Liquid density of solvent C‡q 9TVTTTWE  ¡ % Liquid viscosity of solvent C†ceˆ‰ BVBYF AA£¦ 2d Gas density at atmospheric preasure C‡efg 9TVTTTXBY  ¡ % Vapor viscosity of acetone at 25 ºC C‡etu 9TVTTTTBE  ¡ % Vapor viscosity of air at 25 ºC Cefg Q`VBYY AA¢2d 2© Molar volume of acetone Cetu F`VEFT AA4 2© Molar volume of air Cefg XVRY` BTGH‘ 2 Collision diameter of acetone Collision diameter of air
  • 12.
    ACETONE ABSORPTION COLUMN Required:“CONFIDENTIAL” Sh.a. DESIGNED: Arberor MITA Design group“ELMAGERARD” Cetu XVYFB BTGH‘ 2 Collision diameter of air C(efg XRVFX ’ e/k parameter for acetone C(etu EQ ’ e/k parameter for air Cv TVTTTTWFB AAA92d ¡2 92© ’ Ideal gas constant C§ XVEXX ¡2 Henry constant for ethanol-water system 25 ºC C“ FQ ”6 System temperature C  BVQ ¡2 System pressure C• –A§   FVXB` Distribution coefficient 3. Design procedure The equations and correlations used to design the packed-bed absorber were taken from different sources ,considering several aspects such as process operating conditions, mass transfer characteristics, and packing type.
  • 13.
    ACETONE ABSORPTION COLUMN Required:“CONFIDENTIAL” Sh.a. DESIGNED: Arberor MITA Design group“ELMAGERARD” 3. Design procedure The equations and correlations used to design the packed-bed absorber were taken from different sources ,considering several aspects such as process operating conditions, mass transfer characteristics, and packing type. 3.1. Tower diameter The molecular weight of the gas mixture (MG) was determined applying the equation C$c –—˜™ 97efg $efgde ˜™ 9˜™ fB 7efgde $etude TVTFE AA£¦ 2© The gas mixture density (ρG) at 27 ºC was determined using the Kay’s method C†g –AAAAAAAAAAA 9  ˜™ —˜™ 97efg $efgde ˜™ 9˜™ fB 7efgde $etudede 9v “ FVTBW AA£¦ 2d Viscosity of the gas mixture (μG) was calculated using the following correlation. C‡g –AAAAAAAAAA $c — ˜ h ™ AAAA 97efg $efg ‡efg d i e ˜ h ™ AAAAA 9˜™ fB 7efgde $etu ‡etu d i e ˜™ 9BVEXY BTGjde 9 ¡ % Where μace and μair values are given in Pa.s. The amount of ethanol absorbed is; C2efgkelm –999 ˜ h ™ AAA 9bc †g $c d i e 7efg vw $efg BYTVFRR A£¦ )' The amount of solvent liquid exiting the column is: C2q –—2qr 2efgkelm ˜™ 9BV`BY BTpde A£¦ )' The flow parameter (X), the pressure drop parameter under flooding conditions (Yflood) and the CS coefficient at flooding conditions (CSflood) were determined according to the equations. Flow parameter X Cn˜™bcde 9AAA 2q 9bc †g ˜ h ™ A †g †q d i e ‘oj Cn –9AAA 2q 9bc †g ˜ h ™ A †g †q d i e ‘oj TVTQE Pressure drop parameter under flooding conditions 8©¥˜™py€‚de f˜ ™ ——XVRTF 9BVTFW qrssntt 9TVBBTEX ssqrssntttt ud e Cpy€‚ –(Gvw xxdoj‘u yHo‘uz {|}}~ y‘oHH‘€d }}{|}}~‚ƒ TVFTB S coefficient at flooding conditions
  • 14.
    ACETONE ABSORPTION COLUMN Required:“CONFIDENTIAL” Sh.a. DESIGNED: Arberor MITA Design group“ELMAGERARD” CS coefficient at flooding conditions C6my€‚D –9 ˜ h h™ AAAA py€‚ 9a D ‡q ‘oH d i ie ‘oj AAAA£¦ „„H u‘ 92 „„H u‘ % „„H u‘ TVTWW C6my€‚I –9 ˜ h h™ AAAA py€‚ 9a I ‡q ‘oH d i ie ‘oj AAAA£¦ „„H u‘ 92 „„H u‘ % „„H u‘ TVTRX C6my€‚P –9 ˜ h h™ AAAA py€‚ 9a P ‡q ‘oH d i ie ‘oj AAAA£¦ „„H u‘ 92 „„H u‘ % „„H u‘ TVTE` C6my€‚S –9 ˜ h h™ AAAA py€‚ 9a S ‡q ‘oH d i ie ‘oj AAAA£¦ „„H u‘ 92 „„H u‘ % „„H u‘ TVTYF The gas velocity at flooding conditions (vGflood), the gas velocity (vG), and finally the tower diameter (D), were calculated by using the following correlations: Gas velocity at flooding conditions C…cy€‚D –AAAA 6my€‚D ˜ h ™ AAA †g f†q †g d i e ‘oj A2 % BVERE A2 % C…cy€‚I –AAAA 6my€‚I ˜ h ™ AAA †g f†q †g d i e ‘oj A2 % BVBWY A2 % C…cy€‚P –AAAA 6my€‚P ˜ h ™ AAA †g f†q †g d i e ‘oj A2 % FVTWX A2 % C…cy€‚S –AAAA 6my€‚S ˜ h ™ AAA †g f†q †g d i e ‘oj A2 % BVXQE A2 % Gas velocity C…cD –9…cy€‚D ¨y€‚ BVXQB A2 % C…cI –9…cy€‚I ¨y€‚ TVWX A2 % C…cP –9…cy€‚P ¨y€‚ BV`RW A2 % C…cS –9…cy€‚S ¨y€‚ TVEYR A2 % Tower diameter †
  • 15.
    ACETONE ABSORPTION COLUMN Required:“CONFIDENTIAL” Sh.a. DESIGNED: Arberor MITA Design group“ELMAGERARD” Tower diameter C‡D – ††††††u AAA 9` bc 9… …cD ˜™ 9BVTBY BTdde 22 C‡I – ††††††u AAA 9` bc 9… …cI ˜™ 9BVXTY BTdde 22 C‡P – ††††††u AAA 9` bc 9… …cP EWRVTBR 22 C‡S – ††††††u AAA 9` bc 9… …cS ˜™ 9BVFBB BTdde 22 3.2. Pressure drop Most packed-bed absorbers are designed to safely avoid flooding conditions and also to operate in the preloading region, with a gas-pressure drop limit of 200 – 400 Pa/m of packed depth . In this approach, both the gas dry pressure drop ( 0/Z) and overall pressure drop
  • 16.
    ACETONE ABSORPTION COLUMN Required:“CONFIDENTIAL” Sh.a. DESIGNED: Arberor MITA Design group“ELMAGERARD” 3.2. Pressure drop Most packed-bed absorbers are designed to safely avoid flooding conditions and also to operate in the preloading region, with a gas-pressure drop limit of 200 – 400 Pa/m of packed depth . In this approach, both the gas dry pressure drop (ΔP0/Z) and overall pressure drop (ΔP/Z) were determined for the absorption process using well-accepted equations. The liquid holdup influence was also taken into account, that is, when the packed bed is irrigated, the liquid holdup causes an increment of the pressure drop. Prior to the determination of both pressure drops, it was necessary to determine several parameters first. Among those parameters are included the effective particle diameter (dP) ; the wall factor (KW); the gas- phase Reynolds number (ReG); the dry-packing resistance coefficient (ψ0); liquid mass velocity (GL); the liquid velocity (vL); the liquid-phase Reynolds number (ReL); liquid-phase Froude number (FrL) ; the ratio ah/a; the effective specific surface area of packing (ah); and, finally, the liquid holdup (hL). Effective particle diameter C0ID –9Y ˜ h ™ AAA fB UD ¡D d i e BVR 22 C0II –9Y ˜ h ™ AA fB UI ¡I d i e BTVQY 22 C0IP –9Y ˜ h ™ AA fB UP ¡P d i e BVY 22 C0IS –9Y ˜ h ™ AA fB US ¡S d i e TVWQW 22 Wall factor C’sD –AAAAAAAB —B 99AF X ˜ h ™ AAAB fB UD d i e AA 0ID ‡D TVERE C’sI –AAAAAAAB —B 99AF X ˜ h ™ AAB fB UI d i e AA 0II ‡I TVEQR C’sP –AAAAAAAB —B 99AF X ˜ h ™ AAB fB UP d i e AA 0IP ‡P TVE`E C’sS –AAAAAAAB —B 99AF X ˜ h ™ AAB fB US d i e AA 0IS ‡S TVEW` Gas-phase Reynolds number Cv(cD –AAAAAA 999…cD †g 0ID ’sD 9˜™ fB UDde ‡g 9WVEXE BTd Cv(cI –AAAAAA 999…cI †g 0II ’sI 9˜™ fB UIde ‡g 9`VBWX BTd
  • 17.
    ACETONE ABSORPTION COLUMN Required:“CONFIDENTIAL” Sh.a. DESIGNED: Arberor MITA Design group“ELMAGERARD” Cv(cP –AAAAAA 999…cP †g 0IP ’sP 9˜™ fB UPde ‡g 9BVBRX BTp Cv(cS –AAAAAA 999…cS †g 0IS ’sS 9˜™ fB USde ‡g 9FVWEQ BTd Dry-packing resistance coefficient CˆiD –96 D ˜ h ™ —AAY` v(cD AAABVW v(cD ‘o‘z d i e TVXYE CˆiI –96 I ˜ h ™ —AAY` v(cI AAABVW v(cI ‘o‘z d i e TVYFF CˆiP –96 P ˜ h ™ —AAY` v(cP AAABVW v(cP ‘o‘z d i e TVRBW CˆiS –96 S ˜ h ™ —AAY` v(cS AAABVW v(cS ‘o‘z d i e TVQYB Liquid mass velocity C‰qD –AAA ` 2q 9… ‡D u `VWRR AA£¦ 92u % C‰qI –AAA ` 2q 9… ‡I u FVEXW AA£¦ 92u % C‰qP –AAA ` 2q 9… ‡P u RVBYF AA£¦ 92u % C‰qS –AAA ` 2q 9… ‡S u XV`BY AA£¦ 92u % Liquid velocity C…qD –AA ‰qD †q TVTTR A2 % C…qI –AA ‰qI †q TVTTX A2 % C…qP –AA ‰qP †q TVTTR A2 % C…qS –AA ‰qS †q TVTTX A2 % Liquid-phase Reynolds number
  • 18.
    ACETONE ABSORPTION COLUMN Required:“CONFIDENTIAL” Sh.a. DESIGNED: Arberor MITA Design group“ELMAGERARD” Liquid-phase Reynolds number Cv(qD –AAA 9…qD †q 9¡D ‡q REVFEB Cv(qI –AAA 9…qI †q 9¡I ‡q FQVFW Cv(qP –AAA 9…qP †q 9¡P ‡q QQVXFE Cv(qS –AAA 9…qS †q 9¡S ‡q BWVQFR Liquid-phase Froude number Ca'qD –AAA 9…qD u ¡D ¦ 9FVFF` BTGp Ca'qI –AAA 9…qI u ¡I ¦ 9BVTQB BTGp Ca'qP –AAA 9…qP u ¡P ¦ 9FVTR BTGp Ca'qS –AAA 9…qS u ¡S ¦ 9FV`R` BTGp Ratio ah/a 8ŠD A ¡‹ ¡ CŠD –99TVWR 6§D v(qD ‘ouj a'qD ‘oH TVWEB 8ŠI A ¡‹ ¡ CŠI –99TVWR 6§I v(qI ‘ouj a'qI ‘oH BVT` 8ŠP A ¡‹ ¡ CŠP –99TVWR 6§P v(qP ‘ouj a'qP ‘oH TVER 8ŠS A ¡‹ ¡ CŠS –99TVWR 6§S v(qS ‘ouj a'qS ‘oH BVTR` Effective specific surface area of packing C¡‹D –9ŠD ¡D WBVEQ` AB 2 C¡‹I –9ŠI ¡I BFRVQWQ AB 2 C¡‹P –9ŠP ¡P QBVFXW AB 2 C¡‹S –9ŠS ¡S FBYVBBX AB 2 H ŒLiquid holdup
  • 19.
    ACETONE ABSORPTION COLUMN Required:“CONFIDENTIAL” Sh.a. DESIGNED: Arberor MITA Design group“ELMAGERARD” Liquid holdup C)qD –99BF ˜ h ™ AA a'qD v(qD d i e ŒH d ŠD Œu d TVBQX C)qI –99BF ˜ h ™ AA a'qI v(qI d i e ŒH d ŠI Œu d TVBE` C)qP –99BF ˜ h ™ AA a'qP v(qP d i e ŒH d ŠP Œu d TVBY C)qS –99BF ˜ h ™ AA a'qS v(qS d i e ŒH d ŠS Œu d TVFEX The gas dry pressure drop per meter of packing height (ΔP0/Z) was determined according to the following correlation: C…‚uhD –9iD AAAA 99¡D ŽcD u †g 9F ’sD UD d QFVTXB AA ¡ 2 C…‚uhI –9iI AAAA 99¡I ŽcI u †g 9F ’sI UI d BBBVY` AA ¡ 2 C…‚uhP –9iP AAAA 99¡P ŽcP u †g 9F ’sP UP d EXVXT` AA ¡ 2 C…‚uhS –9iS AAAA 99¡S ŽcS u †g 9F ’sS US d BYXVFYF AA ¡ 2 The gas overall pressure drop per meter of packing height (ΔP/Z) can be finally calculated: C…gˆD –9…‚uhD ˜ h h™ ˜ h ™ AAA UD fUD )qD d i e Hoj ( ŒŒ‘’“ u‘‘ d i ie BFEVQTF AA ¡ 2 C…gˆI –9…‚uhI ˜ h h™ ˜ h ™ AAA UI fUI )qI d i e Hoj ( ŒŒ‘’” u‘‘ d i ie BEYVFYF AA ¡ 2 C…gˆP –9…‚uhP ˜ h h™ ˜ h ™ AAA UP fUP )qP d i e Hoj ( ŒŒ‘’• u‘‘ d i ie BQEVYTX AA ¡ 2 C…gˆS –9…‚uhS ˜ h h™ ˜ h ™ AAA US fUS )qS d i e Hoj ( ŒŒ‘’– u‘‘ d i ie XTQVRXB AA ¡ 2 3.3. Diffusion coefficients Gas-phase diffusion coefficient: The theory describing diffusion processes in binary gas mixtures at low to moderate pressures has been studied extensively in recent years, and is well developed nowadays. Since the absorption process is a binary gas system taking place at
  • 20.
    ACETONE ABSORPTION COLUMN Required:“CONFIDENTIAL” Sh.a. DESIGNED: Arberor MITA Design group“ELMAGERARD” 3.3. Diffusion coefficients Gas-phase diffusion coefficient: The theory describing diffusion processes in binary gas mixtures at low to moderate pressures has been studied extensively in recent years, and is well developed nowadays. Since the absorption process is a binary gas system taking place at low-pressure, the gas-phase diffusion coefficient can be estimated using the Wilke and Lee correlation : Gas diffusion coefficient 8—c AAAAAAAAA 9 ˜ h h™ fXVTX AAATVEW ˜˜˜˜u $™š d i ie BTGd “ Œd u 999  ˜˜˜˜u $™š ™š u ›œ Molecular weight of the gas mixture C$™š –F ˜ h ™ —AAB $efg AAB $etu d i e GH TVTXE AA£¦ 2© Colision diameter of the micture C™š –AAAA —efg etu F ˜™ 9XVREX BTGH‘de 2 Difusion colision diameter integral of the mixture 8›œ ———AAABVTYTXY “w‘oHjH‘ AAATVBEXTT ( y‘opždj Ÿ  AAABVTXRWQ ( yHoju€€ Ÿ  AAABVQY`Q` ( ydoz€pHH Ÿ  C“w –AAAA“ ˜˜˜˜˜˜˜u 9(efg (etu RVBX` C›œ –———AAABVTYTXY “w‘oHjH‘ AAATVBEXTT ( y‘opždj Ÿ  AAABVTXRWQ ( yHoju€€ Ÿ  AAABVQY`Q` ( ydoz€pHH Ÿ  TVWXE C—c 99BTVW BTG AA2u % Liquid-phase diffusion coefficient: Compared with the kinetic theory behind the gases behavior, which is well developed and available today, the theoretical basis of the internal structure of liquids and their transport characteristics are still insufficient to permit a rigorous treatment. Usually, liquid diffusion coefficients are several orders of magnitude smaller than gas diffusivities, and depend mostly on concentration profiles due to changes in viscosity, as well as some changes in the degree of ideality of the solution. To determine the liquid-phase diffusion coefficient in binary systems for solutes transport to aqueous solutions, the Hayduk and Minhas correlation was used: Liquid-phase diffusion coefficient 8—q AAAAAAAAAAAA 99BVFR BTGz ˜™ fgˆ‹ G‘oH€ TVFEFde “Hoju ‡q ¡ BTTT 8¥ AAEVRW gˆ‹ BVBF C—q 99BVBW BTG€ AA2u % 3.4. Mass transfer coefficients To determine the mass transfer coefficients for both phases, two correlations were used which were obtained from an extensive study, that involved measurement and correlation of mass- transfer coefficients for 31 different binary and ternary systems, equipped with 67 different types and sizes of packings, in columns of diameter ranging from 6 cm to 1.4 m.
  • 21.
    ACETONE ABSORPTION COLUMN Required:“CONFIDENTIAL” Sh.a. DESIGNED: Arberor MITA Design group“ELMAGERARD” 3.4. Mass transfer coefficients To determine the mass transfer coefficients for both phases, two correlations were used which were obtained from an extensive study, that involved measurement and correlation of mass- transfer coefficients for 31 different binary and ternary systems, equipped with 67 different types and sizes of packings, in columns of diameter ranging from 6 cm to 1.4 m. Gas-phase convective mass-transfer coefficient (kG): 8£c 9999TVBXT` 6D ˜ h ™ AAA 9—c   9v “ d i e ˜ h h™ AAAAA ¡D ˜˜˜˜˜˜˜˜˜˜u 9UD ˜™ fUD )qde d i ie ˜ h ™ AA v(c ’s d i e Œd p #¢c Œu d ScG - Shmit number for gas phase C#¢c –AAA ‡g 9†g —c TVWWW C£cD –99999TVBXT` 6D ˜ h ™ AAA 9—c   9v “ d i e ˜ h h™ AAAAAA ¡D ˜˜˜˜˜˜˜˜˜˜˜u 9UD ˜™ fUD )qDde d i ie ˜ h ™ AA v(cD ’sD d i e Œd p #¢c XV`YQ AA2© 92u % C£cI –99999TVBXT` 6I ˜ h ™ AAA 9—c   9v “ d i e ˜ h h™ AAAAAA ¡I ˜˜˜˜˜˜˜˜˜˜˜u 9UI ˜™ fUI )qIde d i ie ˜ h ™ AA v(cI ’sI d i e Œd p #¢c XVXWX AA2© 92u % C£cP –99999TVBXT` 6P ˜ h ™ AAA 9—c   9v “ d i e ˜ h h™ AAAAAA ¡P ˜˜˜˜˜˜˜˜˜˜˜u 9UP ˜™ fUP )qPde d i ie ˜ h ™ AA v(cP ’sP d i e Œd p #¢c XVFRX AA2© 92u % C£cS –99999TVBXT` 6S ˜ h ™ AAA 9—c   9v “ d i e ˜ h h™ AAAAAA ¡S ˜˜˜˜˜˜˜˜˜˜˜u 9US ˜™ fUS )qSde d i ie ˜ h ™ AA v(cS ’sS d i e Œd p #¢c XVRX` AA2© 92u % Liquid-phase convective mass-transfer coefficient (kL): C£qD –99TVQRQ 64D ˜ h ™ AAAA 99—q ¡D ŽqD 9UD )qD d i e ‘oj ˜™ 9`VER BTGjde A2 % C£qI –99TVQRQ 64I ˜ h ™ AAAA 99—q ¡I ŽqI 9UI )qI d i e ‘oj ˜™ 9`VWWR BTGjde A2 % C£qP –99TVQRQ 64P ˜ h ™ AAAA 99—q ¡P ŽqP 9UP )qP d i e ‘oj ˜™ 9RV`BW BTGjde A2 % C£qS –99TVQRQ 64S ˜ h ™ AAAA 99—q ¡S ŽqS 9US )qS d i e ‘oj ˜™ 9RVYFR BTGjde A2 % where: CL – Mass transfer factor a – Mass transfer surface area per unit volume 3.5. Packing Height In those systems handling dilute solutions and when Henry’s law applies, is very usual and convenient to work with overall mass-transfer coefficients in order to calculate the packing height (Z), which can be determined by the following expression:
  • 22.
    ACETONE ABSORPTION COLUMN Required:“CONFIDENTIAL” Sh.a. DESIGNED: Arberor MITA Design group“ELMAGERARD” where: – Mass transfer factor a – Mass transfer surface area per unit volume 3.5. Packing Height In those systems handling dilute solutions and when Henry’s law applies, is very usual and convenient to work with overall mass-transfer coefficients in order to calculate the packing height (Z), which can be determined by the following expression: 8„ —§ˆ¢c £ˆ¢c where: HtOG – Overall height of a gas-phase transfer units NtOG – Overall number of gas-phase transfer units Prior to determine the values of HTU and NTU, it will be necessary to calculate several parameters first, which are the inlet gas molar velocity [GMy(1)]; the outlet gas molar velocity [GMy(2)]; the average molar gas velocity (GMy); the inlet liquid molar velocity [GMx(2)]; the outlet liquid molar velocity [GMx(1)]; the absorption factor at the bottom [A(1)] and top [A(2)] of the column ; the geometric average of the absorption factor (A) ; the ethanol molar composition of outlet gas [yeth(2)] ; the volumetric gas-phase (KvG) and liquid-phase (KvL) mass-transfer coefficients ; the overall volumetric mass-transfer coefficient (Km); the overall height of a gas- phase transfer unit (HtOG) ; the overall number of gas-phase transfer units (NtOG); and finally the packing height (Z). Inlet gas molar velocity 8¤¥h¦ AAA ` §c 9… ¨u Gas molar flow rate C§c –AAA 9bc †g $c ˜™ 9FVQRE BTjde AA2© )' Inlet gas molar velocity C¤¥h¦D –AAA ` §c 9… ¨D u E`VYTW AA2© 92u % C¤¥h¦I –AAA ` §c 9… ¨I u RQVFRB AA2© 92u % C¤¥h¦P –AAA ` §c 9… ¨P u BTTVRWE AA2© 92u % C¤¥h¦S –AAA ` §c 9… ¨S u YYVRQW AA2© 92u % 8¤¥h© AAAAA ` ˜™ f§c §gˆ‹elmde 9… ¨u Molar flow of ethanol absorbed C§efgelm –99AAA 9bc †g $c 7efg vw TVQYY AA2© % Outlet gas molar velocity
  • 23.
    ACETONE ABSORPTION COLUMN Required:“CONFIDENTIAL” Sh.a. DESIGNED: Arberor MITA Design group“ELMAGERARD” Outlet gas molar velocity C¤¥h©D –AAAAA ` ˜™ f§c §efgelmde 9… ¨D u EXVYYF AA2© 92u % C¤¥h©I –AAAAA ` ˜™ f§c §efgelmde 9… ¨I u RYVYQE AA2© 92u % C¤¥h©P –AAAAA ` ˜™ f§c §efgelmde 9… ¨P u EEVRWX AA2© 92u % C¤¥h©S –AAAAA ` ˜™ f§c §efgelmde 9… ¨S u YRVEBX AA2© 92u % Average molar gas velocity C¤¥hD –AAAAA —¤¥h¦D ¤¥h©D F E`VBXR AA2© 92u % C¤¥hI –AAAAA —¤¥h¦I ¤¥h©I F RYVEYR AA2© 92u % C¤¥hP –AAAAA —¤¥h¦P ¤¥h©P F BTTVTWY AA2© 92u % C¤¥hS –AAAAA —¤¥h¦S ¤¥h©S F YYVF`Y AA2© 92u % Inlet liquid molar velocity 8¤¥ª© AAA ` §q 9… ¨u Inlet liquid molar flow rate C§q –AA 2q $s FBWVRFF AA2© % C¤¥ª©D –AAA ` §q 9… ¨D u FYEVQB AA2© 92u % C¤¥ª©I –AAA ` §q 9… ¨I u BYXVFBX AA2© 92u % C¤¥ª©P –AAA ` §q 9… ¨P u FWYVQYB AA2© 92u % C¤¥ª©S –AAA ` §q 9… ¨S u BWEVWT` AA2© 92u %
  • 24.
    ACETONE ABSORPTION COLUMN Required:“CONFIDENTIAL” Sh.a. DESIGNED: Arberor MITA Design group“ELMAGERARD” Outlet liquid molar velocity C¤¥ª¦D –AAAAA ` ˜™ f§q §efgelmde 9… ¨D u FYWVQY` AA2© 92u % C¤¥ª¦I –AAAAA ` ˜™ f§q §efgelmde 9… ¨I u BYFVY`B AA2© 92u % C¤¥ª¦P –AAAAA ` ˜™ f§q §efgelmde 9… ¨P u FWRVQRR AA2© 92u % C¤¥ª¦S –AAAAA ` ˜™ f§q §efgelmde 9… ¨S u BWEVBXW AA2© 92u %Absorption factor at the bottom –• FVXB` C«¬D –AAAA ­®¯¬D 9­®h¬D • BVFFW C«¬I –AAA ­®¯¬I 9­®h¬I • BVFFW C«¬P –AAA ­®¯¬P 9­®h¬P • BVFFW C«¬S –AAA ­®¯¬S 9­®h¬S • BVFFW Absorption factor at the top C«°D –AAAA ­®¯°D 9­®h°D • BVF`R C«°I –AAA ­®¯°I 9­®h°I • BVF`R C«°P –AAA ­®¯°P 9­®h°P • BVF`R C«°S –AAA ­®¯°S 9­®h°S • BVF`R Geometric average of the absorption factor C«D –AAAA —«¬D «°D F BVFXY C«I –AAAA —«¬I «°I F BVFXY C«P –AAAA —«¬P «°P F BVFXY C«S –AAAA —«¬S «°S F BVFXY Ethanol molar composition of outlet gas
  • 25.
    ACETONE ABSORPTION COLUMN Required:“CONFIDENTIAL” Sh.a. DESIGNED: Arberor MITA Design group“ELMAGERARD” Ethanol molar composition of outlet gas C7efgr –97efg ss fB vwtt 9BT BTG± Volumetric gas-phase mass-transfer coefficient C’ScD –9£cD ¡‹D FW`VFBR AA2© 92d % C’ScI –9£cI ¡‹I `FRVRQF AA2© 92d % C’ScP –9£cP ¡‹P FXBVQRY AA2© 92d % C’ScS –9£cS ¡‹S QYXVW`R AA2© 92d % Volumetric liquid-phase mass-transfer coefficient C¢ –AA †q $s ˜™ 9RVRXE BTpde AA2© 2d C’SqD –99£qD ¡‹D ¢ FF`VQ`` AA2© 92d % C’SqI –99£qI ¡‹I ¢ X`TVX`F AA2© 92d % C’SqP –99£qP ¡‹P ¢ FBXVQEF AA2© 92d % C’SqS –99£qS ¡‹S ¢ YQXVXTW AA2© 92d % Overall volumetric mass-transfer coefficient C’‰D –AAAAAB —AAB ’ScD AA• ’SqD QFVXEW AA2© 92d % C’‰I –AAAAAB —AAB ’ScI AA• ’SqI BTEVXF AA2© 92d % C’‰P –AAAAAB —AAB ’ScP AA• ’SqP YYVTYY AA2© 92d % C’‰S –AAAAAB —AAB ’ScS AA• ’SqS FBTVQXW AA2© 92d % Overall height of a gas-phase transfer unit
  • 26.
    ACETONE ABSORPTION COLUMN Required:“CONFIDENTIAL” Sh.a. DESIGNED: Arberor MITA Design group“ELMAGERARD” Overall height of a gas-phase transfer unit C§ˆ²cD –AA ­®hD ’‰D BVX 2 C§ˆ²cI –AA ­®hI ’‰I TVRFB 2 C§ˆ²cP –AA ­®hP ’‰P BVRBR 2 C§ˆ²cS –AA ­®hS ’‰S TVXB` 2 Product streams and composition C³ –´c ˜™ 9FVQRE BTjde AA2© )' C7³ TVTB AA2© 2© Cni T Molar ratio of acetone in the input gas Cp³ –AA 7³ fB 7³ TVTB AA2© 2©Molar flowrate of carier gas C –9³ ˜™ fB p³de ˜™ 9FVQXF BTjde AA2© )'Concentration of acetone in the output gas C7i –9¢hi AAA $etu 9$efg †g ˜™ 9FV`QB BTGjde AA2© 2© Molar ratio of acetone in the output gas Cpi –AA 7i fB 7i ˜™ 9FV`QB BTGjde AA2© 2© Molar ratio of acetone in the output liquid (equilibrium case) Cn³‰ –A p³ • TVTT` AA2© 2©Molar flowrate of liquid C4 –AA 2qr $s ˜™ 9QVQQW BTjde AA2© )' Molar ratio of acetone in the output liquid Cn³ –—ni A 4 ˜™ fp³ pide TVTT` AA2© 2© Diferece in molar ratios of acetone in the output gas Cƒp³ –fp³ 9• n³ TVTTF AA2© 2©Diferece in molar ratios of acetone in the input gas Cƒpi –—pi 9• ni ˜™ 9FV`QB BTGjde AA2© 2© Number of gas-phase transfer units
  • 27.
    ACETONE ABSORPTION COLUMN Required:“CONFIDENTIAL” Sh.a. DESIGNED: Arberor MITA Design group“ELMAGERARD” Number of gas-phase transfer units C´ˆ²cD –9AAAA fp³ pi fƒp³ ƒpi qr ˜ h ™ AA ƒp³ ƒpi d i e FXVFTB C´ˆ²cI –9AAAA fp³ pi fƒp³ ƒpi qr ˜ h ™ AA ƒp³ ƒpi d i e FXVFTB C´ˆ²cP –9AAAA fp³ pi fƒp³ ƒpi qr ˜ h ™ AA ƒp³ ƒpi d i e FXVFTB C´ˆ²cS –9AAAA fp³ pi fƒp³ ƒpi qr ˜ h ™ AA ƒp³ ƒpi d i e FXVFTB Packing height C„ –9´ˆ²cD §ˆ²cD XTVBYQ 2 C„ –9´ˆ²cI §ˆ²cI BFVTE 2 C„ –9´ˆ²cP §ˆ²cP XRVB`W 2 C„ –9´ˆ²cS §ˆ²cS QVFEX 2 3.6. Operating and equilibrium lines The operating line will be elaborated using the following data: Mole fraction of acetone in inlet gas mixture [yace(1)] = 0.01 Mole fraction of acetone in outlet gas mixture [yace(2)] = 9FV`QB BTGj Mole fraction of acetone in inlet liquid [xace(2)] = 0. Mole fraction of acetone in outlet liquid [xace(1)] = TVTTX The operating line points C7ww TVTB 9FV`QB BTGj µ ¶· ¸ ¹º C»ww TVTTX T µ ¶· ¸ ¹º The equilibrium line for the absortion system 8887w 9• » 9A§   » 9FVXB` » C7wss»tt 9FVXB` » The operating and equilibrium line for the absortion system
  • 28.
    ACETONE ABSORPTION COLUMN Required:“CONFIDENTIAL” Sh.a. DESIGNED: Arberor MITA Design group“ELMAGERARD” The operating and equilibrium line for the absortion system ¼½¼¼¾ ¼½¼¼¿ ¼½¼¼À ¼½¼¼Á ¼½¼¼Â ¼½¼¼Ã ¼½¼¼Ä ¼½¼¼Å ¼ ¼½¼¼Æ ¼½¼Æ ÄÇƼÈÉ ¼½¼¼Æ ¼½¼¼¾ ¼½¼¼¾ ¼½¼¼¾ ¼½¼¼¿ ¼½¼¼¿ ¼½¼¼À¼ ÀÇƼÈÉ ¼½¼¼À » »ww 9FVXB` » 7ww
  • 29.
    ACETONE ABSORPTION COLUMN Required:“CONFIDENTIAL” Sh.a. DESIGNED: Arberor MITA Design group“ELMAGERARD”
  • 30.
    ACETONE ABSORPTION COLUMN Required:“CONFIDENTIAL” Sh.a. DESIGNED: Arberor MITA Design group“ELMAGERARD”
  • 31.
    ACETONE ABSORPTION COLUMN Required:“CONFIDENTIAL” Sh.a. DESIGNED: Arberor MITA Design group“ELMAGERARD”
  • 32.
    ACETONE ABSORPTION COLUMN Required:“CONFIDENTIAL” Sh.a. DESIGNED: Arberor MITA Design group“ELMAGERARD”
  • 33.
    ACETONE ABSORPTION COLUMN Required:“CONFIDENTIAL” Sh.a. DESIGNED: Arberor MITA Design group“ELMAGERARD”
  • 34.
    ACETONE ABSORPTION COLUMN Required:“CONFIDENTIAL” Sh.a. DESIGNED: Arberor MITA Design group“ELMAGERARD”
  • 35.
    ACETONE ABSORPTION COLUMN Required:“CONFIDENTIAL” Sh.a. DESIGNED: Arberor MITA Design group“ELMAGERARD”
  • 36.
    ACETONE ABSORPTION COLUMN Required:“CONFIDENTIAL” Sh.a. DESIGNED: Arberor MITA Design group“ELMAGERARD”
  • 37.
    ACETONE ABSORPTION COLUMN Required:“CONFIDENTIAL” Sh.a. DESIGNED: Arberor MITA Design group“ELMAGERARD” 4.0 Designig of internals (Designing of internals is proprietary knowledge for me so I will not give you a step by step guide how to design or select internals, instead I will give you a the theoretical fundamentals on how to do i ) Theoretical fundamentalsThe basis of any distributor design is the exact knowledge of the discharge behaviour of liquids from ground holes and lateral rectangular slots or triangular
  • 38.
    ACETONE ABSORPTION COLUMN Required:“CONFIDENTIAL” Sh.a. DESIGNED: Arberor MITA Design group“ELMAGERARD” 4.0 Designig of internals (Designing of internals is proprietary knowledge for me so I will not give you a step by step guide how to design or select internals, instead I will give you a the theoretical fundamentals on how to do it) Theoretical fundamentalsThe basis of any distributor design is the exact knowledge of the discharge behaviour of liquids from ground holes and lateral rectangular slots or triangular notches. The following refers to circular ground orifices but can be applied analogously to rectangular slots or triangular notches as well. The fundamentals of the discharge behaviour of fluids out of circular openings stretch back to the year 1644, where Torricelli developed Equation 1.Michael Schultes, Werner Grosshans, Steffen Müller and Michael Rink, Raschig GmbH, Germany, present a modern liquid distributor and redistributor design. ÊËÌÍ ÎÎÎÎÎÏ ÐÑ Ò Ó Equation 1 describes the theoretical discharge velocity of liquids, wth, from orifices as a function of the gravitational acceleration, g, and the liquid head above the orifice, h. If one multiplies this theoretical velocity, wth, by the cross-sectional area of a hole, Ah, and the number of discharge holes of a liquid distributor, n, then one achieves the theoretical total volume rate, , which can flow out of a liquid distributor (Equation 2). ÊÔÌÍ ÐÐÕÍ Ö ÎÎÎÎÎÏ ÐÑ Ò Ó Equation 2 applies under ideal conditions, i.e. assuming that the flow through the hole imparts no resistance to the flow of liquid. But in reality, streamlines of different velocities are formed due to the sharp edged holes which cause deflection of the liquid jet flow (Figure 1). For describing the flow behaviour of the liquid jet flow, one has to interpret two effects. First the jet contraction and second the jet velocity. The orientation of the streamlines causes the jet of liquid to contract when it leaves the ground hole. This effect can be described mathematically by a contraction coefficient, CC. Friction losses, caused by shearing forces of the fluid, influence the velocity of the jet of liquid when it issues through the hole and can be described mathematically by a velocity coefficient, CV. The coefficients depend on the liquid head, the hole geometry and the physical properties of the liquid.The product of the contraction coefficient, CC, and the velocity coefficient, CV, results in the discharge coefficient, CD = CC · CV, which describes the difference between the effective volume rate, , and the theoretical value,. Only the discharge coefficient, CD, can be derived from experimental investigations directly. ÊÔ ÐÐÐ×Ø ÕÍ Ö ÎÎÎÎÎÏ ÐÑ Ò Ó The discharge coefficient, CD, is described in the literature according to Table1 as a constant value in function of the hole geometry only. Actual discharge behaviour If one describes the flow through a hole on the basis of an energy balance, equilibrium can be set up according to Equation 4. The inflowing volume, , acts on the hole with the potential energy (?L -?V)gh while the out flowing volume rate leaves the hole as a jet flow with the kinetic energy (?Lw2/2). The energy of the jet leaving the hole is less than that of the
  • 39.
    ACETONE ABSORPTION COLUMN Required:“CONFIDENTIAL” Sh.a. DESIGNED: Arberor MITA Design group“ELMAGERARD” Actual discharge behaviour If one describes the flow through a hole on the basis of an energy balance, equilibrium can be set up according to Equation 4. The inflowing volume, , acts on the hole with the potential energy (?L -?V)gh while the out flowing volume rate leaves the hole as a jet flow with the kinetic energy (?Lw2/2). The energy of the jet leaving the hole is less than that of the inflowing liquid since the contraction and friction loss of the jet has consumed energy characterised by in Equation 4. ÊÐÐÐÙÚ ÛÜÝ ÜÞßà Ò Ó Ô áÐÐâ ÜÝ Ñ ãÏ Ô ä In Equation 4, ρL describes the liquid density and ρV the gas density; g describes the gravitational acceleration, h describes the liquid head above the hole, and w describes the current velocity of the jet. By including Equation 3 in Equation 4, Equation 5 follows for the coefficient of discharge CD. The second term of the right side of Equation 5 describes the energy consumption E divided by the potential energy for a certain liquid head above the hole h and for a volume flow rate V. The energy consumption E tends to zero for low flow rates. Consequently, the coefficient of discharge CD tends to unity for low flow rates in case the gas density can be neglected compared to the liquid density. Ê×Ø ÎÎÎÎÎÎÎÎÎÎÎÎÎÎÎÏ Ûâââ ÛÜÝ ÜÞ ÜÝ ââââä ÐÐÐÜÝ Ò Ó Ô Systematic investigations have shown that the discharge coefficient, CD = CC CV is a variable which is dependent on several influencing parameters. An expression for the energy consumption E was evaluated that allows an accurate prediction of the coefficient of discharge CD.Following the influencing parameters on the overall coefficient of discharge, CD, will be discussed in detail (Figure 2). Figure 2 shows measurement points for the discharge coefficient, CD, for water at ambient temperature as a function of the liquid head, h, for various hole diameters, d. It also shows the constant CD = 0.62 recorded in the literature for holes whose dimensions are larger than the depth of the hole.12 It can be clearly seen that the discharge coefficients only approximate the value given in the literature if the liquid head is great and hole diameters large. With decreasing liquid head, the discharge coefficient rises significantly with the result that the discharge behaviour with small liquid head deviate more favourable from discharge behaviour according to Table 1 than with large liquid head. This can be explained by the fact that as the liquid head decreases, the horizontal velocity component decreases and therefore a reduction of the contraction of the jet occurs. Figure 2 also shows that with decreasing hole diameter, the discharge coefficient rises, i.e. the contraction is reduced by the counteraction of the horizontal velocity components. In case of small liquid heads, tensile forces of the jet are also transferred even into the hole cross-section, with the result that the liquid is drawn out of the opening and, if the liquid level is calm, a vortex is formed. This effect is more marked in the case of large hole geometries than in the case of small hole geometries, as can be seen from the steeper curves in Figure 2 at low liquid heads. The relationships described only apply if the influence of the surface tension is negligible. For instance, in case of small holes and liquids with a high surface tension, a drop of liquid is formed beneath the hole, preventing the fluid from flowing out. Further factors that are influencing the coefficient of discharge but not discussed here are physical properties of the fluid (density, viscosity), elevation and orientation of holes, overflow velocity and ratio of hole diameter to deck thickness
  • 40.
    ACETONE ABSORPTION COLUMN Required:“CONFIDENTIAL” Sh.a. DESIGNED: Arberor MITA Design group“ELMAGERARD” instance, in case of small holes and liquids with a high surface tension, a drop of liquid is formed beneath the hole, preventing the fluid from flowing out. Further factors that are influencing the coefficient of discharge but not discussed here are physical properties of the fluid (density, viscosity), elevation and orientation of holes, overflow velocity and ratio of hole diameter to deck thickness The dimensioning of liquid distributors In the dimensioning of liquid distributors, not only the discharge coefficient but also other design determining criteria have to be taken into account. In that manner, first the minimum liquid head, hmin , above a discharge hole of a liquid distributor must be determined. Here the flow velocity of the liquid in the distributor troughs is of decisive importance since flow gradients occur due to wall friction and lead to significant differences in height, particularly in case of low liquid heads. If these minimum liquid heads are not attained, considerable maldistribution of a distributor can occur, as described as follows. The minimal liquid level in a distributor Feeding liquid into a mass transfer column generally takes place via a feed pipe which first leads the liquid into a preliminary distribution trough called a parting box. Afterwards, the liquid reaches the individual distributor troughs lying below and flows in the troughs towards the column wall. Drag, due to wall friction, causes liquid head gradients to form in the distributor troughs, which has to be taken into account, particularly with low liquid levels. This is illustrated in Figure 3. For liquid flow in open trough systems the difference in height, ∆h, taking place along the trough can be calculated using Equation 6. It is a function of the wall friction factor, λ, hydraulic diameter, dh, gravitational acceleration, g, and flow velocity. Figure 3 shows the result of such a calculation for a trough with a width of b = 100 mm for various flow velocities as a function of the liquid head, h. ÊåÓ Ðæ âç èÍ ââãÏ Ñ Ò ÊÊèÍ é âÕ ê âââÐÓ ë áë Ñ Ó The following recommendations for the minimum liquid level, hmin , in distributor troughs can be derived from the observations of Figure 3. The minimum liquid head should not fall short of a value of 25 - 35 mm and at the same time the flow velocity in the troughs should be limited to a maximum of 0.5 m/s. Furthermore, the liquid head should be equivalent to at least twice the hole diameter in order to avoid vortex formation above the hole (Equation 7). The overall height of a distributor The overall height of a liquid distributor is first defined by the required liquid loading range. To this height, the hydrostatic pressure occurring as the result of the pressure drop of the gas phase as this passes the troughs of the distributor must be added. Furthermore,
  • 41.
    ACETONE ABSORPTION COLUMN Required:“CONFIDENTIAL” Sh.a. DESIGNED: Arberor MITA Design group“ELMAGERARD” The following recommendations for the minimum liquid level, hmin , in distributor troughs can be derived from the observations of Figure 3. The minimum liquid head should not fall short of a value of 25 - 35 mm and at the same time the flow velocity in the troughs should be limited to a maximum of 0.5 m/s. Furthermore, the liquid head should be equivalent to at least twice the hole diameter in order to avoid vortex formation above the hole (Equation 7). The overall height of a distributor The overall height of a liquid distributor is first defined by the required liquid loading range. To this height, the hydrostatic pressure occurring as the result of the pressure drop of the gas phase as this passes the troughs of the distributor must be added. Furthermore, additional height is necessary if a foaming system is present and if a noticeable gas rate is injected into the liquid at the liquid feed point. The latter applies particularly in the case of high pressure systems if the degassing of the liquid is markedly restricted due to the small differences in density between the gas and the liquid. Furthermore, wave formation has to be taken into account in the case of flowing liquids. Liquid loading range By converting Equation 3, Equation 8 can be obtained which defines the necessary extra height, ?h1, of a liquid distributor resulting from a required loading range. ÊåÓì Ð Ù í íÚ ÛÐ Ù í Ú ââ Ôîïð Ôîñò ß ó à Ï Ù í Ú âââ Ð×ô Óîñò Ð×ô Óîïð ß ó à Ï ç ß ó óà Óîñò Reprinted from HydrocarbonEnginEEringJanuary2009 www.hydrocarbonengineering.com When calculating the necessary extra height, Figure 2 must be taken into account showing that the discharge coefficient, CD, provides larger values with the lower liquid head than with the higher liquid head. This yields greater overall heights than if a constant discharge coefficient is assumed. Gas phase pressure drop The pressure drop, which the gas flow undergoes when it passes through the narrowed distributor cross-section, can be calculated by Equation 9. ? is the drag coefficient for the sudden narrowing and expansion of flows, Fv is the gas capacity factor in the column, AC is the cross-sectional area of the column and AD is the free cross-sectional area of the distributor. Êåõ Ðâö Ñ ââ Õ÷ Ï ÕôÏ øù Ï Êåõ ÐÐÙÚ ÛÜÝ ÜÞßà Ò åÓú Ï This pressure drop causes a rise in hydrostatic pressure to the head of liquid in the distributor, which can be described with the aid of Equation 10. By equating Equation 9 and Equation 10, Equation 11 can be obtained for the description of the second portion, ?h2, for the overall height of a distributor. ÊåÓú Ðââââç ÐÙÚ ÛÜÝ ÜÞßà Ò âö Ñ ââ Õ÷ Ï ÕôÏ øù Ï Foaming systemIn the case of a foaming system, the foam will be built up in particular in those areas in which a marked gas injection into the liquid takes place. This applies particularly to the transfer of the liquid from the feed pipe into the parting box, since relatively large quantities of liquid are transferred per transition point. Since the description of the foaming behaviour is very complex, it is advisable to use the foam or system factor, ?, which is described in the literature.13 This empirical factor is known for numerous mass transfer tasks and has to be taken into account by Equation 12, based on empirical equation, for the calculation of the additionally necessary distributor height, ?h3.
  • 42.
    ACETONE ABSORPTION COLUMN Required:“CONFIDENTIAL” Sh.a. DESIGNED: Arberor MITA Design group“ELMAGERARD” Foaming systemIn the case of a foaming system, the foam will be built up in particular in those areas in which a marked gas injection into the liquid takes place. This applies particularly to the transfer of the liquid from the feed pipe into the parting box, since relatively large quantities of liquid are transferred per transition point. Since the description of the foaming behaviour is very complex, it is advisable to use the foam or system factor, ?, which is described in the literature.13 This empirical factor is known for numerous mass transfer tasks and has to be taken into account by Equation 12, based on empirical equation, for the calculation of the additionally necessary distributor height, ?h3. ÊåÓû ü Ù íÚ âç ý ß óà One must notice that system factors, listed in the literature, result from long term experience in designing tray columns and includes foaming and degassing effects in parallel. Experience is needed for avoiding overdesigns in taking system factor and degassing into account in parallel. The increase of liquid distributor height can, however, be markedly restricted if design methods are taken into account to reduce foaming. For instance, immersed elongated guide pipes at the feed pipe can be used to feed the liquid into the liquid level of the parting box and thus reduce foaming. Alternatively, guide sheets can be used as impulse dampers above the parting box, or a package of structured or random packings can be used within the parting box or distributor trough in order to support separation of gas and liquid. Degassing As has already been described, the high impulse transfer as liquid passes from the feed pipe into the parting box, causes gas also to be introduced with the jets of liquid into the liquid layer. The gas then occupies a noticeable volume in the amount of liquid, which causes the liquid level in the trough to rise. The additional extra height this requires is determined by the gas portion introduced and by the residence time of the gas in the liquid. The degassing behaviour is essentially defined by the buoyancy of the gas bubbles, i.e. by the difference in density between the gas and the liquid. Particularly in high pressure applications the density differences are small and therefore the degassing efficiency reduced. As is the case with foaming systems, the additional height, ?h4, which must be taken into account on the basis of the degassing behaviour can, until now, only be described on the basis of an empirical equation (Equation 13). ÊåÓþ ü Ù í Ú âââ ÜÝ ÙÚ ÛÜÝ ÜÞßà ß ó à The degassing of liquids can, however, be improved by design methods, similar to foaming behaviour. Wave formationIf the liquid is led from the distributor pipe into the parting box and then into the distributor troughs, the impulse transfer causes wave formation which is supported by the flow of the liquid in the troughs. The overall height of a distributor must be dimensioned so that the wave crests do not lead to a flooding of the distributor troughs or gas risers. Since the wave formation depends on the quantity of liquid to be distributed, it is advisable to design the additionally necessary distributor height, ?h5, according to Equation 14 as an empirical function of the liquid load. ÊåÓÿ üÙÚêÝßà Taking all the single heights into account, the necessary overall height is defined according to Equation 15. Conclusion Modern liquid distributor designs are relevant for good mass transfer efficiencies in packed columns. The article describes the flow behaviour of a liquid jet flow that is leaving a distributor via bottom holes. An equation is provided to describe the coefficient of discharge and influencing parameters are discussed. The height of a distributor trough has to take into account the recommended minimum liquid head, specified liquid loading range, gas pressure drop, foaming and degassing effects and wave creations. This subject is described as well. ÊåÓÌ ÌïÝ áááááÓîñò åÓì åÓú åÓû åÓþ åÓÿ 5.0 Determination of nozzles inside diameters Liquid feed of first distributor nozzle dimension
  • 43.
    ACETONE ABSORPTION COLUMN Required:“CONFIDENTIAL” Sh.a. DESIGNED: Arberor MITA Design group“ELMAGERARD” columns. The article describes the flow behaviour of a liquid jet flow that is leaving a distributor via bottom holes. An equation is provided to describe the coefficient of discharge and influencing parameters are discussed. The height of a distributor trough has to take into account the recommended minimum liquid head, specified liquid loading range, gas pressure drop, foaming and degassing effects and wave creations. This subject is described as well. 5.0 Determination of nozzles inside diameters Liquid feed of first distributor nozzle dimension ¡¢£¤¤Øì ¥¦§ ⨠© ¡Õò£¤¤Ø âââ ¨ ÐÜ ¢£¤¤Øì §¦¥¥ ¨ Ï ¡ò£¤¤Ø ÎÎÎÎÎÎÎÏ âââ Ðé Õò£¤¤Ø ¥¦ ¨¨ We accept ¡ò£¤¤Ø ¨¨ Sch 40 Liquid feed second distributor nozzle dimension and outlet nozzle ¡¢£¤¤Øú ¥¦§ ⨠© ¡Õò  Ì âââ ¨ ÐÜ ¢£¤¤Øú §¦¥¥ ¨ Ï ¡ò  Ì ÎÎÎÎÎÎÎÏ âââ Ðé Õò  Ì ¥¦ ¨¨ We accept ¡ò  Ì ¨¨ Sch 40 Gas feed inlet nozzle dimension ¡¢  Ì ç ⨠© ¡Õò! ââ #$ ¢  Ì 饦éç ¨ Ï ¡ò! ÎÎÎÎÎÎÏ âââ Ðé Õò! %¥¦ç¥§ ¨¨ We accept ¡ò! %¥é¦ ¨¨ Sch 20 Gas feed outet nozzle dimension ¡¢  Ì ç ⨠© ¡ÕòÌ ââ #$ ¢  Ì 饦éç ¨ Ï ¡òÌ ÎÎÎÎÎÎÏ âââ Ðé ÕòÌ %¥¦ç¥§ ¨¨ We accept ¡ò! %¥é¦ ¨¨ Sch 20 6.0 Mechanical design of absortion column as per ASME S8. Di1/Di2
  • 44.
    ACETONE ABSORPTION COLUMN Required:“CONFIDENTIAL” Sh.a. DESIGNED: Arberor MITA Design group“ELMAGERARD” 6.0 Mechanical design of absortion column as per ASME S8. Di1/Di2 ¡Ì ¤! ç%¥¥ ¨¨ Diameter of the tower ¡' Ðç¦ ââ(Ò ¨ Ï Working pressure ¡'ô Ð% ââ(Ò ¨ Ï Design pressure ¡) Ñ 0× Working temperature ¡)ô %¥ 0× Design temperature ÛÛ1Õ ç§ ¥ 2 Shell material: carbon steel plate ¡3ïÝ  ç饥 ââ(Ò ¨ Ï Permissible tensile stress ¡ä ÐÐÑ ç¥ 4 ââ(Ò ¨ Ï Elastic modulus ¡5 ¥¦ Joint efficiency ¡×Õ % ¨¨ Corrosion allowance ¡6 çé ¨ Overall packing height ¡6ì Ñ¥¥¥ ¨¨ Top disengaging space ¡6ú Ñ¥¥¥ ¨¨ Bottom disengaging space ¡6û Ñ¥¥¥ ¨¨ Middle liquid distribution space ¡7Ì ¤! ááá6 6ì 6ú 6ú Ñ¥ ¨ Shell length ¡689ñ!Ì Ñ¥¥ ¨¨ Skirt length ¡'@ %Ñ¥ ââ(Ò ¨ A Packing weight ¡6@ì Ñ¥¥¥ ¨¨ First packing section initial distance of applied weight from the top ¡6@B ¥¥¥ ¨¨ First and second packing height ¡6@ú ç祥¥ ¨¨ Second packing section initial distance of applied weight from the top ¡Cì Ñ¥¥ (Ò Top internals weight ¡6Cì 祥 ¨¨ Top internals distance of applied weight from the top Middle span internas weight
  • 45.
    ACETONE ABSORPTION COLUMN Required:“CONFIDENTIAL” Sh.a. DESIGNED: Arberor MITA Design group“ELMAGERARD” ¡Cú é¥ (Ò Middle span internas weight ¡6Cú 祥¥¥ ¨¨ Middle internals distance of applied weight from the top ¡Cû ç¥ (Ò Bottom span internas weight ¡6Cû 祥¥ ¨¨ Bottom internals distance of applied weight from the top ¡ËDñD¤8EÝïؤ!8 ç¥ â(Ò ¨ Weight of attachment (pipes, ladders platform) ¡'ì ç%¥ ââ(Ò ¨ Ï Wind pressure up to 20m ¡'ú ç¥ ââ(Ò ¨ Ï Wind pressure beyond 20 m ¡F8Ì ¥¥ ââ(Ò ¨ A Steel density ¡ËDÝ çÑ (Ò Weight of a plate 6.1 Minimum shell thickness ¡G8 áââ Ì ¤! Ñ Ù íÚ ÛH III PQ RSTUVW X ç ß óà ×Õ é¦§éç ¨¨ We accept: ¡G8 § ¨¨ Checking maximum pressure allowed before plastic deformation starts to occur ¡ê Yç¦ Minimum elastic deformation alued from the curve ¡'8¤Ý âââââââââââââââ ÐÐÑ 3ïÝ  ÙÚ ÛG8 ×Õßà Ù í Ú áç ÐÐç¦ ê Ù í Ú Ûç ââââ Ð¥¦Ñ Ì ¤! 7Ì ¤! ß ó à ß ó à Ð祥 G8 çé¦%çç ââ(Ò ¨ Ï The alouble pressure is greater than the design pressure, hence the thickness is satisfactory with respect of plastic deformation 6.2 Torispherical head design Determine, D, assume values for Rc, Rk and tt ¡`a Ì ¤! ç¦% ¨ Crown radius ¡`9 ¥¦¥§ç% Ì ¤! ¥ ¨¨ Knuckle radius ¡GÌ § ¨¨ Torispherical head thickness Compute the head Rc/ D, Rk / D, and Rc/ ratios and determine if the following equations are satisfied.
  • 46.
    ACETONE ABSORPTION COLUMN Required:“CONFIDENTIAL” Sh.a. DESIGNED: Arberor MITA Design group“ELMAGERARD” Compute the head Rc/ D, Rk / D, and Rc/ tt ratios and determine if the following equations are satisfied. bb¥¦ ââ `a Ì ¤! ç cââ `9 Ì ¤! ¥¦¥§ bbÑ¥ â `a GÌ Ñ¥¥¥ Calculate the geometric constants th, th, R th.d e ¡dÌÍ fghi Ù í Ú âââââ ÛÐ¥¦ Ì ¤! `9 Û`a `9 ß ó à 禥 ¡eÌÍ âââ ÎÎÎÎÎÏ Ð`a GÌ `9 ç¦ç¥é Since , calculate Rth as follows:peÌÍ dÌÍ ¡`ÌÍ ââ Ì ¤! Ñ §¥ ¨¨ Determine the coefficient C1 and C2 ¡×ì ÛЦ%ç ââ `9 Ì ¤! ¥¦¥§ ¥¦é ¡×ú ç¦Ñ Calculate the value of internal pressure expected to produce elastic buckling of the knuckle,Peth ¡'¤ÌÍ ââââââ ÐÐ×ì ä GÌ Ï ÐÐ×ú `ÌÍ Ù í Ú Ûââ `ÌÍ Ñ `9 ß ó à 秦çç ââ(Ò ¨ Ï Calculate the value of internal pressure that will result in a maximum stress in the knuckle equal to the material yield strength Py. Since the allowable stress at design temperature is governed by time-independent properties, C3 is the material yield strength at the design temperature. ¡×û 3ïÝ  ¡'q âââââââ Ð×û GÌ ÐÐ×ú `ÌÍ Ù í Ú Ûââ `ÌÍ ÐÑ `9 ç ß ó à %¦%§ ââ(Ò ¨ Ï Calculate the value of internal pressure expected to result in a buckling failure of the knuckle, Pck. Calculate variable G. ¡r ââ '¤ÌÍ Ñ¦ç
  • 47.
    ACETONE ABSORPTION COLUMN Required:“CONFIDENTIAL” Sh.a. DESIGNED: Arberor MITA Design group“ELMAGERARD” r 'q Since , Pck is determenined as:pr ç ¡'a9 Ð Ù í Ú ââââââââââââââáÛ¥¦¥ r ¥¦Ñ¥%é r Ï Ð¥¦¥çÑé r A áÛáç ¥¦ç¥çé r ¥¦¥%é r Ï ¥¦¥¥%§ r A ß ó à 'q §¦çé ââ(Ò ¨ Ï Calculate the allowable pressure based on a buckling failure of the knuckle, Pak. ¡'ï9 ââ 'a9 ç¦ é¦é% ââ(Ò ¨ Ï Calculate the allowable pressure based on rupture of the crown, Pac. ¡'ïa ââââ ÐÐÑ 3ïÝ  5 áâ `a GÌ âç Ñ ç¥¦ ââ(Ò ¨ Ï Calculate the maximum allowable internal pressure, Pa ¡'ï stu ÙÚ v'ï9 'ï9ßà é¦é% ââ(Ò ¨ Ï 'ï é¦é% ââ(Ò ¨ Ï p'ï 'ô 'ô % ââ(Ò ¨ Ï The alouble pressure is greater than the design pressure, hence the thickness is satisfactory. Weight of the torispherical head ¡ËÌ ÐF8Ì Ù í Ú ÐÐç¦é ââââ Ð Ì ¤! Ï é GÌ ß ó à §¦§§ (Ò
  • 48.
    ACETONE ABSORPTION COLUMN Required:“CONFIDENTIAL” Sh.a. DESIGNED: Arberor MITA Design group“ELMAGERARD” 6.3 Shell thicnes at difrent heights Let X be the distance from the top of up to which we can use 6 mm thick shell 1.Circumferential stress induced in shell plate material at a distance X from the top of shell (due to internal pressure) ¡3wx ââââ Ð'ô Ì ¤! Ñ ÙÚ ÛG8 ×Õßà §¥ ââ(Ò ¨ Ï y3wx Ð3ïÝ  5 3wx will remain same for entire length 2.Various axial stresses induced due to internal in the shell plate material at a distance X from the top of the shell. -Axial stress induced due to internal pressure ¡3€wx ââââ Ð'ô Ì ¤! é ÙÚ ÛG8 ×Õßà %Ñ ââ(Ò ¨ Ï -Axial stress induced due to dead load Axial stress induced due to weight of the shell ÊÊ3€‚ ââââââââââââ ÐÐâ é Ù Ú ÛÙÚ áÌ ¤! Ñ G8ßà Ï Ì ¤! Ïß à F8Ì ƒ â é Ù Ú ÛÙÚ ÛáÌ ¤! Ñ G8 ×Õßà Ï Ì ¤! Ïß à ÐF8Ì ƒ ÊÊ3€‚ ÐF8Ì ƒ ÐÐ¥¦§ ƒ ââ(Ò ¨ Ï Axial stress induced due to weight of the packing ÊÊ3€x âââââââââââ ÐÐÐââââ Ð Ì ¤! Ï é '@ ƒ ¨ â é Ù Ú ÛÙÚ ÛáÌ ¤! G8 ×Õßà Ï Ì ¤! Ïß à Ч¦Ñ ƒ ââ(Ò ¨ Ï Axial stress induced due to weight of the internals Weight of the top internal per surface area ¡Ëñòì ââââ é Cì Ð Ì ¤! Ï ¥¦¥ç ââ(Ò ¨ Ï Weight of the middle internal per surface area ¡Ëñòú ââââ é Cú Ð Ì ¤! Ï ¥¦¥%é ââ(Ò ¨ Ï
  • 49.
    ACETONE ABSORPTION COLUMN Required:“CONFIDENTIAL” Sh.a. DESIGNED: Arberor MITA Design group“ELMAGERARD” Weight of the bottom internal per surface area ¡Ëñòú ââââ é Cû Ð Ì ¤! Ï ¥¦¥çç ââ(Ò ¨ Ï Weight of liquid per meter of packing ¢x 祦§¥ ⨠ӄ Spread of the moving liquid in the packing ¡ËÝñîD âââ …† ¨ ÐÜ ¢† 禥%§ â⨠A ¨ Weight of liquid per length of the column ÊÊËÝñîD‡ ÐÐËÝñîD Ü ˆ ÐÐÐ禥%% ç¥ A ˆ â(Ò ¨ Axial stress induced due to weight of liquid ÊÊÊ3‰E‡ ââââââ ËÝñîD‡ ÐÐ Ì ¤! ÙÚ ÛG8 ×Õßà ââââÐç¥%% ˆ (Ò çÑ ¨ Ï Ð¦é% ˆ ââ(Ò ¨ Ï Axial stress induced due to weight of attachments ÊÊ3‡‰ âââââââ áËÌ ÐËDñD¤8EÝïؤ!8 ˆ ÐÐ Ì ¤! ÙÚ ÛG8 ×Õßà Б‘ ᥦç ç¦ÑÑé ˆ’’ ââ(Ò ¨ Ï Total axial stress due to dead loads Ê3‰ô ááá3‰‡“ 3‰‡†‡ 3‰E‡ 3‡‰ Êáááá‘‘ Ð¥¦§ ˆ’’ ‘‘§¦Ñ ˆ’’ ‘‘¦é% ˆ’’ ‘‘ áç¦ÑÑé ˆ ¥¦ç’’ ‘‘ áᥦ¥ç ¥¦¥%é ¥¦¥çÑ’’ ᥦç ç¦é§ç ˆ ' ÙÚ Ðç¦ ç¥ ” ßà ââ(Ò ¨ Ï Ê3‰ô ᥦç ç¦é§ç ˆ Axial stress induced due to wind load at a distance X from the top of the shell ÊÊÊ3‡ âââââââ ÐÐç¦é ' Ì ¤! ˆ Ï ÐÐ Ì ¤! Ï ÙÚ ÛG8 ×Õßà ââââââ Ðç¦é ' ˆ Ï ÐÐ Ì ¤! ÙÚ ÛG8 ×Õßà Ðç¦é ˆ Ï
  • 50.
    ACETONE ABSORPTION COLUMN Required:“CONFIDENTIAL” Sh.a. DESIGNED: Arberor MITA Design group“ELMAGERARD” Maximum tensile stress induced in the shell plate material at a distance X from the top of the shell. ÊÊÊ3Ìîïð Ûá3‰•† 3‡ 3‰ô áÛ%Ñ ‘‘ ᥦç ç¦é§ç ˆ’’ Ðç¦é ˆ Ï áÛ%Ñ ç¦é§ç ˆ Ðç¦é ˆ Ï Maximum allowed length for kipping the same shell thickness according to tensile stress. ÊÊ3Ìîïð Ûá3‰•† 3‡ 3‰ô Ð3ïÝ  5 Ð3ïÝ  5 ÙÚ Ðç¦ç ç¥ A ßà ââ(Ò ¨ Ï ÊÛÛá3‰•† 3‡ 3‰ô Ð3ïÝ  5 ¥ ÊÊÛáÛÐç¦é ˆ Ï ç¦é§ç ˆ %Ñ çç¥ ÛÛÐç¦é ˆ Ï ç¦é§ç ˆ § ¥ Êʈ ââââââáÛë ÎÎÎÎÎÎÎÎÏ ÛëÏ Ðé @ Ñ @ ââââââââââââáç¦é§ç ÎÎÎÎÎÎÎÎÎÎÎÎÎÎÎÎÎÎÎÎÏ Ûç¦é§çÏ Ðé ç¦é ‘‘Û§’’ Ñ ç¦é ¡ˆ ââââââââââââáç¦é§ç ÎÎÎÎÎÎÎÎÎÎÎÎÎÎÎÎÎÎÎÎÏ Ûç¦é§çÏ Ðé ç¦é ‘‘Û§’’ Ñ ç¦é %¥¦Ñ The length x is almost the double off the length of our column hence the same shell thickness can be used through the column according to tensile stress Maximum compressive stress induced in the shell plate at a distance X from the top of the shell. ¡3÷‰ Ðâç çÑ ââââä % ÙÚ Ûç ¥¦% Ïßà ââââ Ñ ÙÚ ÛG8 ×Õßà Ì ¤! Ñç¦ ââ(Ò ¨ Ï Allowable compressive stress Maximum compressive stress induced in the shell plate material at a distance X from the top of the shell. ÊÊÊ3Ìîïð ááÛ3‰•† 3‡ 3‰ô ááÛ%Ñ ‘‘ ᥦç ç¦é§ç ˆ’’ Ðç¦é ˆ Ï ááÛ%Ñ ç¦é§ç ˆ Ðç¦é ˆ Ï Maximum allowed length for kipping the same shell thickness according to compressive stress. ÊÊ3Ìîïð Ûá3‰•† 3‡ 3‰ô Ð3÷‰ 5 ÊÛááÛ3‰•† 3‡ 3‰ô Ð3÷‰ 5 ¥ ÊÊÛÛáÐç¦é ˆ Ï ç%¦§ç ˆ %Ñ Ñé¥ ÛáÐç¦é ˆ Ï ç¦é§ç ˆ é§ ¥ Êʈ ââââââáÛë ÎÎÎÎÎÎÎÎÏ ÛëÏ Ðé @ Ñ @ âââââââââââáÛç¦é§ç ÎÎÎÎÎÎÎÎÎÎÎÎÎÎÎÎÎÏ Ûç¦é§çÏ Ðé ç¦é é§ Ñ ç¦é ¡ˆ ââââââââââââáÛç¦é§ç ÎÎÎÎÎÎÎÎÎÎÎÎÎÎÎÎÎÎÎÏ Ûç¦é§çÏ Ðé ç¦é Ûé§ çѦ§¥é
  • 51.
    ACETONE ABSORPTION COLUMN Required:“CONFIDENTIAL” Sh.a. DESIGNED: Arberor MITA Design group“ELMAGERARD” Ñ ç¦é §¥ The length x is less than the length of our column hence we have to use a different thickness in the half bottom of the column, for this reason we are going to use shell thickness of 8mm in the half bottom of it and redo the calculation again only for this section of the column. ¡G8 ¨¨ 2.Various axial stresses induced due to internal in the shell plate material at a distance X from the middle of the shell. -Axial stress induced due to internal pressure ¡3‰•† ââââ Ð'ô Ì ¤! é ÙÚ ÛG8 ×Õßà ç ââ(Ò ¨ Ï Weight of the top half of the column ¡ËÌ ¤!8ͤÝÝ–—ÿ áÐÐâ é Ù Ú ÛÙÚ áÌ ¤! Ñ G8ßà Ï Ì ¤! Ïß à ââ 7Ì ¤! Ñ F8Ì ËÌ ÙÚ ÐѦ§ç ç¥ A ßà (Ò ¡Ë†ï–—ÿ ÐÐ'@ â é Ì ¤! Ï 6@B ÙÚ ÐѦ% ç¥ A ßà (Ò ¡ËÌ ¤!8–—ÿ áááËÌ ¤!8ͤÝÝ–—ÿ ˆÿ Cì ââ Cú Ñ ÙÚ Ð§¦¥é ç¥ A ßà (Ò Total axial stress due to weight of half of the column ¡3‡–—ÿ âââââââââââ ËÌ ¤!8–—ÿ â é Ù Ú ÛÙÚ ÛáÌ ¤! G8 ×Õßà Ï Ì ¤! Ïß à ¦ç%é ââ(Ò ¨ Ï -Axial stress induced due to dead load Axial stress induced due to weight of the shell ÊÊ3‰‡“ ââââââââââââ ÐÐâ é Ù Ú ÛÙÚ áÌ ¤! Ñ G8ßà Ï Ì ¤! Ïß à F8Ì ˆ â é Ù Ú ÛÙÚ ÛáÌ ¤! Ñ G8 ×Õßà Ï Ì ¤! Ïß à ÐF8Ì ˆ ÊÊ3‰‡“ ÐF8Ì ˆ ÐÐ¥¦§ ˆ ââ(Ò ¨ Ï Axial stress induced due to weight of the packing ÊÊ3‰‡†‡ âââââââââââ ÐÐÐââââ Ð Ì ¤! Ï é '@ ˆ ¨ â Ù Ú ÛÙÚ ÛáÌ G ×Õßà Ï Ì Ïß à Ðé¦çÑ ˆ ââ(Ò ¨ Ï
  • 52.
    ACETONE ABSORPTION COLUMN Required:“CONFIDENTIAL” Sh.a. DESIGNED: Arberor MITA Design group“ELMAGERARD” é ÚÚ áÌ ¤! G8 ×Õà Ì ¤! à Axial stress induced due to weight of the internals Weight of the top internal per surface area ¡Ëñòú ââââ Ñ Cú Ð Ì ¤! Ï ¥¦¥ç ââ(Ò ¨ Ï Weight of the bottom internal per surface area ¡Ëñòú ââââ é Cû Ð Ì ¤! Ï ¥¦¥çç ââ(Ò ¨ Ï Weight of liquid per meter of packing ¢† 祦§¥ ⨠ӄ Speed of the moving liquid in the packing ¡ËÝñîD âââ …† ¨ ÐÜ ¢† 禥%§ â⨠A ¨ Weight of liquid per length of the column ÊÊËÝñîD‡ ÐÐËÝñîD Ü ˆ ÐÐÐ禥%% ç¥ A ˆ â(Ò ¨ Axial stress induced due to weight of liquid ÊÊÊ3‰E‡ ââââââ ËÝñîD‡ ÐÐ Ì ¤! ÙÚ ÛG8 ×Õßà ââââÐç¥%% ˆ (Ò Ñ¥ ¨ Ï Ð¦¥§ç ˆ ââ(Ò ¨ Ï Axial stress induced due to weight of attachments ÊÊ3‡‰ âââââââ áËÌ ÐËDñD¤8EÝïؤ!8 ˆ ÐÐ Ì ¤! ÙÚ ÛG8 ×Õßà Б‘ ᥦéѧ ¥¦% ˆ’’ ââ(Ò ¨ Ï Total axial stress due to dead loads Ê3‰ô ááá3‰‡“ 3‰‡†‡ 3‰E‡ 3‡‰ Êáááá‘‘ Ð¥¦§ ˆ’’ ‘‘é¦çÑ ˆ’’ ‘‘¦¥§ç ˆ’’ ‘‘ ᥦ% ˆ ¥¦éѧ’’ ‘‘ áá¦ç%é ¥¦¥ç ¥¦¥çç’’ ᧥ ç¥¦Ñ ˆ Ê3‰ô ᧥ ç¥¦Ñ ˆ
  • 53.
    ACETONE ABSORPTION COLUMN Required:“CONFIDENTIAL” Sh.a. DESIGNED: Arberor MITA Design group“ELMAGERARD” 3‰ô ᧥ ¥ Axial stress induced due to wind load at a distance X from the top of the shell ÊÊÊ3‡ âââââââ ÐÐç¦é ' Ì ¤! ˆ Ï ÐÐ Ì ¤! Ï ÙÚ ÛG8 ×Õßà ââââââ Ðç¦é ' ˆ Ï ÐÐ Ì ¤! ÙÚ ÛG8 ×Õßà Ð¥¦ç ˆ Ï Maximum tensile stress induced in the shell plate material at a distance X from the top of the shell. ÊÊÊ3Ìîïð Ûá3‰•† 3‡ 3‰ô áÛç ‘‘ ᧥ ç¥¦Ñ ˆ’’ Ð¥¦ç ˆ Ï áÛç% ç¥¦Ñ ˆ Ð¥¦ç ˆ Ï Maximum allowed length for kipping the same shell thickness according to tensile stress. ÊÊ3Ìîïð Ûá3‰•† 3‡ 3‰ô Ð3ïÝ  5 Ð3ïÝ  5 ÙÚ Ðç¦ç ç¥ A ßà ââ(Ò ¨ Ï ÊÛÛá3‰•† 3‡ 3‰ô Ð3ïÝ  5 ¥ ÊÊÛáÛÐ¥¦ç ˆ Ï ç¥¦Ñ ˆ ç% çç¥ ÛÛÐç¦é ˆ Ï ç%¦§ç ˆ ç¥ ¥ Êʈ ââââââáÛë ÎÎÎÎÎÎÎÎÏ ÛëÏ Ðé @ Ñ @ ââââââââââââáç¥¦Ñ ÎÎÎÎÎÎÎÎÎÎÎÎÎÎÎÎÎÎÎÎÎÏ Ûç¥¦Ñ Ï Ðé ¥¦ç ‘‘Û祒’ Ñ ¥¦ç ¡ˆ ââââââââââââáç¥¦Ñ ÎÎÎÎÎÎÎÎÎÎÎÎÎÎÎÎÎÎÎÎÎÏ Ûç¥¦Ñ Ï Ðé ¥¦ç ‘‘Û祒’ Ñ ¥¦ç é禥ç The length x is larger than the double off the length of our column hence the same shell thickness can be used through the column according to tensile stress Maximum compressive stress induced in the shell plate at a distance X from the top of the shell. ¡3÷‰ Ðâç çÑ ââââä % ÙÚ Ûç ¥¦% Ïßà ââââ Ñ ÙÚ ÛG8 ×Õßà Ì ¤! 駦§ç§ ââ(Ò ¨ Ï Allowable compressive stress Maximum compressive stress induced in the shell plate material at a distance X from the top of the shell. ÊÊÊ3Ìîïð ááÛ3‰•† 3‡ 3‰ô ááÛç ‘‘ ᧥ ç¥¦Ñ ˆ’’ Ð¥¦ç ˆ Ï ááÛç% ç¥¦Ñ ˆ Ð¥¦ç ˆ Ï Maximum allowed length for keeping the same shell thickness according to compressive stress. ÊÊ3Ìîïð Ûá3‰•† 3‡ 3‰ô Ð3÷‰ 5 ÊÛááÛ3‰•† 3‡ 3‰ô Ð3÷‰ 5 ¥ ÊÊÛÛáÐ¥¦ç ˆ Ï ç¥¦Ñ ˆ ç 駦§ç§ ÛáÐ¥¦ç ˆ Ï ç¥¦Ñ ˆ §§ ¥
  • 54.
    ACETONE ABSORPTION COLUMN Required:“CONFIDENTIAL” Sh.a. DESIGNED: Arberor MITA Design group“ELMAGERARD” ᥠ¥ § § § ᥠ¥ §§ ¥ Êʈ ââââââáÛë ÎÎÎÎÎÎÎÎÏ ÛëÏ Ðé @ Ñ @ ââââââââââââáÛç¥¦Ñ ÎÎÎÎÎÎÎÎÎÎÎÎÎÎÎÎÎÎÎÏ Ûç¥¦Ñ Ï Ðé ¥¦ç Û§§ Ñ ¥¦ç ¡ˆ ââââââââââââáÛç¥¦Ñ ÎÎÎÎÎÎÎÎÎÎÎÎÎÎÎÎÎÎÎÏ Ûç¥¦Ñ Ï Ðé ¥¦ç Û§§ Ñ ¥¦ç Ñç¦çÑ ç% ¨C Ñç¦Ñ§ç (¨ Weight of tower ¡ËÌ ¤!8ͤÝÝ áÐÐâ é Ù Ú ÛÙÚ áÌ ¤! Ñ G8ßà Ï Ì ¤! Ïß à 7Ì ¤! F8Ì ÐÑ ËÌ ÙÚ Ð¦%¥Ñ ç¥ A ßà (Ò 7.0 Design of support Skirt support ¡89ñ!Ì ç%¥¥ ¨¨ Skirt diameter ¡G89ñ!Ì ¨¨ Skirt thickness Minimum weight of the vessel with attachments ÊËÌ ¤!îñò áááËÌ ¤!8ͤÝÝ ËDï˜9ñòÞ ËñòÌ Ëï̘ Weight of tower ¡G8 § ¨¨ ¡ËÌ ¤!8ͤÝÝÌ D–—ÿ áÐÐâ é Ù Ú ÛÙÚ áÌ ¤! Ñ G8ßà Ï Ì ¤! Ïß à ââ 7Ì ¤! Ñ F8Ì ËÌ ÙÚ ÐѦ¥¥ ç¥ A ßà (Ò ¡G8 ¨¨ ¡ËÌ ¤!8ͤÝÝ  Ì–—ÿ áÐÐâ é Ù Ú ÛÙÚ áÌ ¤! Ñ G8ßà Ï Ì ¤! Ïß à ââ 7Ì ¤! Ñ F8Ì ËÌ ÙÚ ÐѦ§ç ç¥ A ßà (Ò ¡ËÌ ¤!8ͤÝÝ áËÌ ¤!8ͤÝÝÌ D–—ÿ ËÌ ¤!8ͤÝÝ  Ì–—ÿ ÙÚ Ð馧 ç¥ A ßà (Ò Weight of packing ¡ËDï˜9ñòÞ ÐÐÐÑ 6@B ââââ Ð Ì ¤! Ï é '@ ÙÚ Ð¦é§ ç¥ A ßà (Ò Weight of internals ¡ËñòÌ ááCì Cú Cû ¥¥ (Ò Weight of attachments ¡Ëï̘ ÐËDñD¤8EÝïؤ!8 7Ì ¤! ÙÚ Ð% ç¥ A ßà (Ò ¡ËÌ ¤!îñò áááËÌ ¤!8ͤÝÝ ËDï˜9ñòÞ ËñòÌ Ëï̘ ÙÚ Ðç¦éé ç¥ ” ßà (Ò Minimum weight of the vessel with attachments
  • 55.
    ACETONE ABSORPTION COLUMN Required:“CONFIDENTIAL” Sh.a. DESIGNED: Arberor MITA Design group“ELMAGERARD” ËÌ ¤!îñò áááËÌ ¤!8ͤÝÝ ËDï˜9ñòÞ ËñòÌ Ëï̘ Ú ¥ à Ò Maximum weight of the vessel Weight of water during testing ¡Üï̤! 祥¥ ââ(Ò ¨ A ¡ËÝñ™ ÐÐÜï̤! ââââ Ð Ì ¤! Ï é 7Ì ¤! ÙÚ ÐѦ§ ç¥ ” ßà (Ò ¡ËÌ ¤!îïð ááËÌ ¤!8ͤÝÝ Ëï̘ ËÝñ™ ÙÚ Ð%¦éÑ ç¥ ” ßà (Ò Applied axial force ¡ø‰ ÐÛËÌ ¤!îïð Ò ÐÛ%¦%é ç¥ d 2 Applied net section bending moment Wind loads acting over the vessel ¡eì ç ¡eú ¥¦ ¡øì ÐÐÐeì eú 'ì ÙÚ áÌ ¤! Ñ G8ßà ç禧 â(Ò ¨ ¡øú ÐÐÐeì eú 'ú ÙÚ áÌ ¤! Ñ G8ßà ç%¦ç â(Ò ¨ Applied wing bending moment ¡fì ÐÐøì 7Ì ¤! ââ 7Ì ¤! Ñ ÙÚ ÐѦ% ç¥ ” ßà Ð(Ò ¨ ¡fú ÐÐøú 689ñ!Ì Ù í Ú á7Ì ¤! ââ 689ñ!Ì Ñ ß ó à ÙÚ Ð¦%éç ç¥ A ßà Ð(Ò ¨ ¡f áfì fú ÙÚ Ð%¦çÑ ç¥ ” ßà Ð(Ò ¨ Pressure loads ¡'89ñ!Ì ¥ Determine applicability of the rules of VIII-2, based on satisfaction of the following requirements. The section of interest is at least 2.5 Rt away from any major structural discontinuity. ¡g89ñ!Ì ââ 89ñ!Ì Ñ ¡h ÐѦ ÎÎÎÎÎÎÎÎÎÏ Ðg89ñ!Ì G89ñ!Ì ¥¦ç ¨ Shear force is not applicable. The shell R / t ratio is greater than 3.0: g
  • 56.
    ACETONE ABSORPTION COLUMN Required:“CONFIDENTIAL” Sh.a. DESIGNED: Arberor MITA Design group“ELMAGERARD” iÊââ g89ñ!Ì G89ñ!Ì § % Calculate the membrane stress for the skirt, with a weld joint efficiency of E =0.85. Note that the maximum bending stress occurs at .Êj ¥ èHÒ ¡j ¥ èHÒ ¡3kî Ðâââââââ '89ñ!Ì Ð5 lm Ù í Ú âââââ á89ñ!Ì ÐÑ G89ñ!Ì 89ñ!Ì ß ó à ââ(Ò ¨ Ï ¥ ââ(Ò ¨ Ï ¡ 89ñ!Ì á89ñ!Ì ÐÑ G89ñ!Ì ¡38îì âç 5 Ù í íÚ ááâââââââ ÐÐ'89ñ!Ì 89ñ!Ì (Ò Ð¨ ÙÚ Û 89ñ!Ì Ï 89ñ!Ì Ïßà âââââââ Ðé ËÌ ¤!îïð Ð ÙÚ Û 89ñ!Ì Ï 89ñ!Ì Ïßà ââââââââ ÐÐÐ%Ñ f  89ñ!Ì nop ‘‘j’’ Ð ÙÚ Û 89ñ!Ì ” 89ñ!Ì ” ßà ß ó óà 駧¦§ ââ(Ò ¨ Ï ¡38îú âç 5 Ù í íÚ Ûáâââââââ ÐÐ'89ñ!Ì 89ñ!Ì (Ò Ð¨ ÙÚ Û 89ñ!Ì Ï 89ñ!Ì Ïßà âââââââ Ðé ËÌ ¤!îïð Ð ÙÚ Û 89ñ!Ì Ï 89ñ!Ì Ïßà ââââââââ ÐÐÐ%Ñ f  89ñ!Ì nop ‘‘j’’ Ð ÙÚ Û 89ñ!Ì ” 89ñ!Ì ” ßà ß ó óà ÛÑÑѦç% ââ(Ò ¨ Ï ¡fÌ ¥ ¡q ââââââââââ ÐÐÐÐÐç§ fÌ  89ñ!Ì nop ‘‘j’’ 7 ââ (Ò ¨ Ï Ð ÙÚ Û 89ñ!Ì ” 89ñ!Ì ” ßà ¥ ââ(Ò ¨ Ï Calculate the principal stresses. ¡3ì ¥¦ Ù íÚ áá3kî 38îì ÎÎÎÎÎÎÎÎÎÎÎÎÎÎÎÎÏ áÙÚ Û3kî 38îìßà Ï Ðé q Ï ß óà 駧¦§ ââ(Ò ¨ Ï ¡3ú ¥¦ Ù íÚ Ûá3kî 38îì ÎÎÎÎÎÎÎÎÎÎÎÎÎÎÎÎÏ áÙÚ Û3kî 38îìßà Ï Ðé q Ï ß óà ¥ ââ(Ò ¨ Ï ¡3û ÐÐ¥¦ '89ñ!Ì ââ(Ò ¨ Ï ¥ ââ(Ò ¨ Ï Check the allowable stress acceptance criteria. ¡3r ââç ÎÎÏ Ñ ÎÎÎÎÎÎÎÎÎÎÎÎÎÎÎÎÎÎÎÎÎÎÎÎÎÎÎÎÏ Ù Ú ááÙÚ Û3ì 3úßà Ï ÙÚ Û3ú 3ûßà Ï ÙÚ Û3û 3ìßà Ïß à 駧¦§ ââ(Ò ¨ Ï s3r 3ïÝ  Note that VIII-2 uses an acceptance criteria based on von Mises Stress. VIII-1 typical uses the maximum principal stress in the acceptance criteria. Therefore: tuv ÙÚ ww3ì 3ú 3ûßà 駧¦§ ââ(Ò ¨ Ï (
  • 57.
    ACETONE ABSORPTION COLUMN Required:“CONFIDENTIAL” Sh.a. DESIGNED: Arberor MITA Design group“ELMAGERARD” stuv ÙÚ ww3ì 3ú 3ûßà 3ïÝ  3ïÝ  ÙÚ Ðç¦é ç¥ A ßà ââ(Ò ¨ Ï For cylindrical and conical shells, if the axial membrane stress, is compressive, then38îì VIII-2, Equation (4.3.45) shall be satisfied where Fxa is evaluated using paragraph 4.4.12.2 with .¡æ ¥¦ç x38îì øðï For that is compressive, a buckling check is required.38îú VIII-2, paragraph 4.4.12.2.b – Axial Compressive Stress Acting Alone. In accordance with VIII-2, paragraph 4.4.12.2.b, the value of is calculated as follows, withøðï .¡æ ¥¦ç The design factor FS used in VIII-2, paragraph 4.4.12.2.b is dependent on the predicted buckling stress and the material’s yield strength, as shown in VIII-2, paragraph 4.4.2.øñ˜ 3ïÝ  An initial calculation is required to determine the value of by setting FS =1.0 , withøðï = . The initial value of is then compared to as shown in paragraph 4.4.2 andøñ˜ øðï øñ˜ 3ïÝ  the value of FS is determined. This computed value of FS is then used in paragraph 4.4.12.2.b. For ¡æ ¥¦ç Êøðï tym ÙÚ wøðïì øðïúßà âââ  89ñ!Ì G89ñ!Ì ç§é¦ ¡g 89ñ!Ì âââ  89ñ!Ì Ñ ¡fð âââââ Ñ 689ñ!Ì ÎÎÎÎÎÎÎÎÎÏ Ðg 89ñ!Ì G89ñ!Ì §¦ç Since , calculate xa1 F as follows with an initial value of FS=1.xxç% âââ  89ñ!Ì G89ñ!Ì §¥¥ ¡ø© ç ¡øðïì ââââââ 駧 3ïÝ  Ðø© Ù í Ú á%%ç âââ  89ñ!Ì G89ñ!Ì ß ó à ÙÚ Ðç¦%ç ç¥ A ßà ââ(Ò ¨ Ï The value of is calculated as follows with an initial value of FS =1.øðïú Êøðïú ââââ ÐÐ×ð ä G89ñ!Ì Ðø©  89ñ!Ì Since , calculate C x as follows:xâââ  89ñ!Ì G89ñ!Ì çÑé Since , calculate c. as follows:ifð ç ¡×ð âââââÐé¥ z ¥¦%¡z ç
  • 58.
    ACETONE ABSORPTION COLUMN Required:“CONFIDENTIAL” Sh.a. DESIGNED: Arberor MITA Design group“ELMAGERARD” ×ð á% âââ  89ñ!Ì G89ñ!Ì ¥ % Therefore: ¡øðïú ââââ ÐÐ×ð ä G89ñ!Ì Ðø©  89ñ!Ì ÙÚ Ð¦é ç¥ A ßà ââ(Ò ¨ Ï ¡øðï tym ÙÚ wøðïì øðïúßà ÙÚ Ðç¦%ç ç¥ A ßà ââ(Ò ¨ Ï With a value of , in accordance with VIII-2, paragraph 4.4.2, the value of FS isÊøñ˜ øðï determined as follows. ¡øñ˜ çç¦Ñ ââ(Ò ¨ Ï Ð¥¦ 3ïÝ  ¥ ââ(Ò ¨ Ï s3ïÝ  øñ˜ ¡ø1 ÛÑ¦é¥ Ð¥¦éç Ù í Ú ââ øñ˜ 3ïÝ  ß ó à Ѧé¥ç Using this computed value of FS =2.401 in paragraph 4.4.12.2.b, is calculated as follows.øðï ¡øðïì ââââââ Ð駧 3ïÝ  Ðø1 Ù í Ú á%%ç âââ  89ñ!Ì G89ñ!Ì ß ó à é¦éé ââ(Ò ¨ Ï ¡øðïú ââââ ÐÐ×ð ä G89ñ!Ì Ðø1  89ñ!Ì ÙÚ Ð%¦éÑ ç¥ A ßà ââ(Ò ¨ Ï ¡øðï tym ÙÚ wøðïì øðïúßà é¦éé ââ(Ò ¨ Ï Compare the calculated axial compressive membrane stress, to the allowable axial38îì compressive membrane stress, per following criteria:øðï x38îì øðï Therefore, local buckling due to axial compressive membrane stress is not a concern.
  • 59.
    ACETONE ABSORPTION COLUMN Required:“CONFIDENTIAL” Sh.a. DESIGNED: Arberor MITA Design group“ELMAGERARD” 7.0' Design of support (conventional method) Periods of vibration at minimum weight ¡)îñò ââââââââââââç ÐÐЧ¦% ç¥ {d Ù í Ú ââ 7Ì ¤! Ì ¤! ß ó à |}d ÎÎÎÎÎÎÎÎÎÎÏ ââââ ÐËÌ ¤!îñò Ò ÐG8 (Ò ¥¦¥§Ñ © x)îñò ¥¦ © Hence ¡eD ç Periods of vibration at maximum weight ¡)îñò ââââââââââââç ÐÐЧ¦% ç¥ {d Ù í Ú ââ 7Ì ¤! Ì ¤! ß ó à |}d ÎÎÎÎÎÎÎÎÎÎÏ ââââ ÐËÌ ¤!îïð Ò ÐG8 (Ò ¥¦¥é © x)îñò ¥¦ © Hence ¡eD ç Minimum skirt thickness stress due to wind load ¡( ¥¦ Coefficient of wind influence for cylindrical surface For minimum weight condition ¡'îñò ÐÐÐÐ( eD 'ì Ì ¤! 7Ì ¤! ÙÚ ÐѦ%§§ ç¥ A ßà (Ò For maximum weight condition ¡'îïð ÐÐÐÐ( eD 'ì ÙÚ áÌ ¤! ÐÑ ¥¦ç ¨ßà 7Ì ¤! ÙÚ ÐѦ% ç¥ A ßà (Ò Minimum wind moment ¡fîñò Ð'îñò Ù í Ú áââ 7Ì ¤! Ñ 689ñ!Ì ß ó à ÙÚ ÐѦ ç¥ ” ßà Ð(Ò ¨ Maximum wind moment ¡fîïð Ð'îïð Ù í Ú áââ 7Ì ¤! Ñ 689ñ!Ì ß ó à ÙÚ Ð%¦éç% ç¥ ” ßà Ð(Ò ¨ Determination of skirt thickness Minimum and maximum stress on the skirt Minimum and maximum wind load stress on the skirt Assuming a small skirt thickness Din=Dout we can write: Minimum wind load stress ÊÊ3‡îñò âââââ Ðé fîñò ÐÐ Ì ¤! Ï G89ñ!Ì ââÑÑÑ G89ñ!Ì ââ(Ò ¨ Maximum wind load stress ÊÊ3‡îïð âââââ Ðé fîïð ÐÐ Ì ¤! Ï G89ñ!Ì ââÑç G89ñ!Ì ââ(Ò ¨ Minimum and maximum dead load stress on the skirt
  • 60.
    ACETONE ABSORPTION COLUMN Required:“CONFIDENTIAL” Sh.a. DESIGNED: Arberor MITA Design group“ELMAGERARD” Minimum and maximum dead load stress on the skirt Minimum dead load stress ÊÊ3ôîñò âââââ ËÌ ¤!îñò ÐÐ Ì ¤! G89ñ!Ì ââ%¦Ñ G89ñ!Ì ââ(Ò ¨ Maximum dead load stress ÊÊ3ôîïð âââââ ËÌ ¤!îïð ÐÐ Ì ¤! G89ñ!Ì âââ%¦ç G89ñ!Ì ââ(Ò ¨ Minimum and maximum tensile stress without any eccentric load Maximum tensile stress ÊÊ3“îïð Û3‡îñò 3ôîñò ââÑç% G89ñ!Ì ââ(Ò ¨ Minimum tensile stress ÊÊ3“îñò Û3‡îïð 3ôîïð ââÑé G89ñ!Ì ââ(Ò ¨ Determination of skirt thickness according to minimum and maximum tensile stress Taking into account the joint efficiency of 0.7 we can derive: ¡5 ¥¦ ¡3“ïÝ  Ð3ïÝ  5 ÙÚ Ðç¦ç ç¥ A ßà ââ(Ò ¨ Ï Also we can write ÊÊ3“ïÝ  âââ 3“îïð G89ñ!Ì ââÑé G89ñ!Ì ââ(Ò ¨ ÊÊÊG89ñ!Ì âââ 3“îïð 3“ïÝ  ââÑé çç¥ ¨ Ѧ¥ ¨¨ Minimum and maximum stress due to compressive loads Minimum compressive stress ÊÊ3÷“îñò á3‡îñò 3ôîñò ââÑѧ% G89ñ!Ì ââ(Ò ¨ Maximum compressive stress ÊÊ3÷“îïð á3‡îïð 3ôîïð ââѧ G89ñ!Ì ââ(Ò ¨ Determination of skirt thickness according to minimum and maximum compressive stress We can write: ÊÊ3÷“ âââââ ÐÐ¥¦çÑ ä G89ñ!Ì Ì ¤! ââÑѧ% G89ñ!Ì ââ(Ò ¨ From this we can derive ÊG89ñ!Ì Ï ââââ ÐÌ ¤! Ñѧ% Ð¥¦çÑ ä ââ(Ò ¨ Î
  • 61.
    ACETONE ABSORPTION COLUMN Required:“CONFIDENTIAL” Sh.a. DESIGNED: Arberor MITA Design group“ELMAGERARD” ¡G89ñ!Ìîñò ÎÎÎÎÎÎÎÎÎÎÎÎÎÎÏ ââââ ÐÌ ¤! Ñѧ% Ð¥¦Ñ ä ââ(Ò ¨ ¦§ç ¨¨ ¡G89ñ!Ìîïð ÎÎÎÎÎÎÎÎÎÎÎÎÎÎÏ ââââ ÐÌ ¤! ѧ Ð¥¦Ñ ä ââ(Ò ¨ ¦%¥ ¨¨ We accept skirt thickness: ¡G89ñ!Ì ç¥ ¨¨ Taking into consideration corrosion and other construction factors Design of skirt bearing plates Maximum compressive stress between bearing plate and foundation ¡89ñ!Ì áÌ ¤! Ñ G89ñ!Ì ÙÚ Ðç¦%Ñ ç¥ A ßà ¨¨ ¡1 Ñ¥¥ ¨¨ Distance between outer radius of bearing plate and inner radius of bearing plate Ê3÷“~† áââââ ËÌ ¤!îïð Õ âââ fîïð  Were: ¡Õ âââââââââ Ð Ù Ú ÛÙÚ á89ñ!Ì Ñ 1ßà Ï 89ñ!Ì Ïß à é ÙÚ Ð¦ ç¥ A ßà ¨ Ï ¡ â %Ñ ââââââââ Ù Ú ÛÙÚ á89ñ!Ì Ñ 1ßà ” 89ñ!Ì ” ß à á89ñ!Ì Ñ 1 ÙÚ Ð%¦Ñ§% ç¥ d ßà ¨ A From this we can derive: ¡3÷“~† áââââ ËÌ ¤!îïð Õ âââ fîïð  ç馥éç ââ(Ò ¨ Ï x3÷“~† Ð% ââ(Ò ¨ Ï Which is concrete compression stress allowed ¡ D á89ñ!Ì Ñ 1 ÙÚ Ðç¦Ñ ç¥ A ßà ¨¨ Bearing plate outer diameter Bearing plate thickness ¡3ïÝ  Ðç ââ(Ò ¨ Ï Allowable compressive stress for bearing plate ¡G D ÎÎÎÎÎÎÎÎÎÎÏ ââââ Ð% 3÷“~† 1 Ï 3ïÝ  %Ѧ¥ ¨¨ We accept: ¡G D é¥ ¨¨ As bearing thickness plate is less/equal than 20 mm gaskets are no required. Minimum compressive stress in bearing plate
  • 62.
    ACETONE ABSORPTION COLUMN Required:“CONFIDENTIAL” Sh.a. DESIGNED: Arberor MITA Design group“ELMAGERARD”As bearing thickness plate is less/equal than 20 mm gaskets are no required. Minimum compressive stress in bearing plate ¡3÷“~†îñò áââââ ËÌ ¤!îñò Õ âââ fîïð  ç禧 ââ(Ò ¨ Ï Anchorage factor of overturn ¡5  âââââââ ÐÐËÌ ¤!îñò ¥¦éÑ D fîñò ¥¦%Ñ s5  ç¦ This means that akore bolts are required Calculation of anchor bolts Anchor bolts sum of actual force ¡2ï Ð3÷“~†îñò Õ ÙÚ Ðç¦çé% ç¥ d ßà (Ò ¡3÷“~ é¥ ââ(Ò ¨ Ï Hot rolled plain carbon steel allowable stress The sum area of bolts ¡Õ8 ââ 2ï 3÷“~ ÙÚ ÐѦçç ç¥ ” ßà ¨¨ Ï Determine bolt diameter Maximum allowable number of bolts is 20, from this we can derive the surface of a bolt ¡Ö Ñ¥ ¡Õ ââ Õ8 Ö ÙÚ Ð禥 ç¥ A ßà ¨¨ Ï ¡ ÎÎÎÎÎÏ ââ é Õ %§¦¥ ¨¨ We accept M36 for anchor bolt Thickness of bearing plate inside the bolting chair ÊÊG ˜ ââââ ÎÎÎÎÎÎÎÏ Ð§ fîïð ÎÎÎÎÎÎÏ Ð1 3ïÝ  ââââ ÎÎÎÎÎÎÎÎÏ Ð§ âââ Ð2ï ø ÎÎÎÎÎÎÏ Ð1 3ïÝ  ¡ø ç¥ ¨¨ Spacing between stiffeners ¡G ˜ ââââââ ÎÎÎÎÎÎÎÎÎÎÎÎÏ Ð§ ââââ ÐÐ2ï ø ¨¨ ÎÎÎÎÎÎÏ Ð1 3ïÝ  Ѧѧ ¨¨ We accept: ¡G ˜ %¥ ¨¨
  • 63.
    ACETONE ABSORPTION COLUMN Required:“CONFIDENTIAL” Sh.a. DESIGNED: Arberor MITA Design group“ELMAGERARD” 8.0 Design of flanged joints General data ¡'ô Ð% ââ(Ò ¨ Ï Design pressure ¡)ô %¥ 0× Design temperature ÛÛ1Õ ç§ ¥ 2 Shell material: carbon steel plate ¡3ïÝ 8¤Ý ç饥 ââ(Ò ¨ Ï Permissible tensile stress ¡ä ÐÐÑ ç¥ 4 ââ(Ò ¨ Ï Elastic modulus ¡5 ¥¦ Joint efficiency Flange data ÛÛ1Õ ç¥ Ñ¥¥ Shell material: carbon steel plate ¡3ïÝ £Ýï ç饥 ââ(Ò ¨ Ï Permissible tensile stress ¡ä ÐÐÑ ç¥ 4 ââ(Ò ¨ Ï Elastic modulus Bolt data ÛÛ1Õ ç% € Ñ¥¥ Shell material: carbon steel plate ¡3ïÝ   ÝÌ ç¥ ââ(Ò ¨ Ï Permissible tensile stress ¡ä ÐÐÑ ç¥ 4 ââ(Ò ¨ Ï Elastic modulus ¡ Ñ¥ ¨¨ Diameter of the bolt ¡2 %¥ Number of bolts ¡Õ! ç ¨¨ Ï Root Area Of the bolt Gasket data ü‚@G¨HG@‚ƒ@(HGHè Shell material: iron/soft steel ¡¨ %¦ Gasket factor ¡„ Ð% ââ(Ò ¨ Ï Seating stress ¡Þñ ç%Ñ¥ ¨¨ Inside diameter
  • 64.
    ACETONE ABSORPTION COLUMN Required:“CONFIDENTIAL” Sh.a. DESIGNED: Arberor MITA Design group“ELMAGERARD” Þñ % ¥ Inside diameter ¡Þ  ç%¥ ¨¨ Outside diameter Design rules for bolted flange connections with ring type gaskets are provided in VIII-1 Mandatory Appendix 2. The rules in this paragraph are the same as those provided in VIII-2. The design procedures in VIII-2, paragraph 4.16 are used in this example problem with substitute references made to VIII-1 Mandatory Appendix 2 paragraphs. Evaluate the girth flange in accordance with VIII-2, paragraph 4.16. VIII-2, paragraph 4.16.6, Design Bolt Loads. The procedure to determine the bolt loads for the operating and gasket seating conditions is shown below. Determine the design pressure and temperature of the flanged joint. ¡'ô Ð% ââ(Ò ¨ Ï Design preasure ¡)ô Ñ 0× Design temperature Select a gasket and determine the gasket factors m and y from Table 4.16.1 (VIII-1,Table 2-5.1). ¡¨ %¦ Gasket factor ¡„ Ð% ââ(Ò ¨ Ï Seating stress Determine the width of the gasket, N , basic gasket seating width, bo , the effective gasket seating width, b , and the location of the gasket reaction, G ¡2 âââ ÛÞ  Þñ Ñ ç ¨¨ From Table 4.16.3 (VIII-1, Table 2-5.2), Facing Sketch Detail 2, Column II, ¡ã£ % ¨¨ raised nubbin width ¡ë– âââ á㣠Ð% 2 § ¨¨ For së– §¦% ¨¨ ¡ë ë– Therefore, the location of the gasket reaction is calculated as follows (VIII-1, paragraph 2-3). G mean diameter of the gasket contact face ¡… âââ áÞ  Þñ Ñ ÙÚ Ðç¦%% ç¥ A ßà ¨¨ Determine the design bolt load for the operating condition, (VIII-1, paragraph 2-5). ¡Ë– áÐÐâ … Ï 'ô ÐÐÐÐ … 'ô ë ¨ ÙÚ Ðé¦éÑ ç¥ ” ßà (Ò
  • 65.
    ACETONE ABSORPTION COLUMN Required:“CONFIDENTIAL” Sh.a. DESIGNED: Arberor MITA Design group“ELMAGERARD” Ë– á é … ô … ô ë ¨ Ú ¥ à Ò Determine the design bolt load for the gasket seating condition (VIII-1, paragraph 2-5). ÊËÞ Ù í Ú âââ áÕî Õ Ñ ß ó à 1 Þ Were: ¡Õ ÐÕ! 2 ¦ ¨ Ï ÊÕî tuv Ù í í íÚ w Ù í í íÚ ââââââ ááË– ø‰ ââ é f¤ … 3ïÝ   ÝÌ ß ó ó óà Ù í Ú âââ ËÞ8 3ïÝ   ÝÌ ß ó à ß ó ó óà Axial load aplued in flange joint ¡ø‰ ÛËÌ ¤!îïð Ù íÚ áÐÐâ é Ù Ú ÛÙÚ áÌ ¤! Ñ G8ßà Ï Ì ¤! Ïß à 6û F8Ì ËÌ ß óà ÙÚ Ð%¦%§ ç¥ ” ßà (Ò Bending moment aplued in flange joint ¡fì ÛÐøì Ù í Ú ÐÙÚ Û7Ì ¤! 6ûßà ââââ Û7Ì ¤! 6û Ñ ß ó à ÐÐøì 6û ââ 6û Ñ ÙÚ Ðç¦ç§ ç¥ ” ßà Ð(Ò ¨ ¡fú ÐÐøú 689ñ!Ì Ù í Ú áÛ7Ì ¤! 6û âââââââ ÙÚ ÛÛ7Ì ¤! 6û 689ñ!Ìßà Ñ ß ó à ÙÚ Ð¦ ç¥ A ßà Ð(Ò ¨ ¡f¤ áfì fú ÙÚ ÐѦ¥§ ç¥ ” ßà Ð(Ò ¨ Maximum load aplued in flange joint ¡ËÞ8 ÐÐÐ ë … „ ÙÚ Ðç¦%é§ ç¥ d ßà (Ò From this we can derive ¡Õî tuv Ù í í íÚ w Ù í í íÚ ââââââ ááË– ø‰ ââ é f¤ … 3ïÝ   ÝÌ ß ó ó óà Ù í Ú âââ ËÞ8 3ïÝ   ÝÌ ß ó à ß ó ó óà Ñé¦%¥Ñ ¨¨ Ï Bolt load for the operating condition ¡ËÞ Ù íâââ áÕî Õ ß ó 3ïÝ   ÝÌ ÙÚ Ð¦ ç¥ d ßà (Ò
  • 66.
    ACETONE ABSORPTION COLUMN Required:“CONFIDENTIAL” Sh.a. DESIGNED: Arberor MITA Design group“ELMAGERARD” ËÞ í Ú Ñ ó à 3ïÝ   ÝÌ Ú ¥ à Ò Flange Design Procedure. The procedure in this paragraph can be used to design circular integral, loose or reverse flanges, subject to internal or external pressure, and external loadings. The procedure incorporates both a strength check and a rigidity check for flange rotation. Determine the design pressure and temperature of the flanged joint and the external net-section axial force, Fa , and bending moment, Me. ¡'ô Ð% ââ(Ò ¨ Ï Design pressure ¡)ô %¥ 0× Design temperature ø‰ ÙÚ Ð%¦%§ ç¥ ” ßà (Ò Axial force f¤ ÙÚ ÐѦ¥§ ç¥ ” ßà Ð(Ò ¨ Bending moment Determine the design bolt loads for operating condition , and the gasket seating conditionË– , and the corresponding actual bolt load area , (VIII-1, paragraph 2-5).ËÞ Õ Ë– ÙÚ Ðé¦éÑ ç¥ ” ßà (Ò ËÞ ÙÚ Ð¦ ç¥ d ßà (Ò Õ ¥¦¥¥§ ¨ Ï Determine an initial flange geometry (see Figure E4.16.1) in addition to the information required to determine the bolt load, the following geometric parameters are required, (VIII-1, paragraph 2-3). ¡€ áç%ç§ ¨¨ Ñ % ¨¨ ç¦%ÑÑ ¨ Flange bore ¡× 祥 ¨¨ Bolt circle diameter ¡Õ 秥¥ ¨¨ Flange outside diameter ¡G ¥ ¨¨ Flange thicness ¡Òì ÛÐ¥¦ ‘‘ Ûç%¥ ¨¨ ç%ç§ ¨¨’’ ×Õ çé ¨¨ Thickness of the hub at the large end ¡Ò– Ûç¥ ¨¨ ×Õ ¨¨ Thickness of the hub at the small end
  • 67.
    ACETONE ABSORPTION COLUMN Required:“CONFIDENTIAL” Sh.a. DESIGNED: Arberor MITA Design group“ELMAGERARD” Ò– ¥ × Thickness of the hub at the small end ¡Ó ¨¨ Hub length Determine the flange stress factors using the equations in Tables 4.16.4 and 4.16.5 (VIII-1, Table 2-7.1 and Fig. 2-7.1 – Fig. 2-7.6). ¡e âÕ € ç¦Ñç ¡† ââç Ûe ç Ù í Ú á¥¦§§é Ðç¦ç§¥ ââââÐe Ï lo‡ ‘‘e’’ Ûe ç ß ó à ¦% ¡) ââââââââââÛÐe Ï ‘‘ áç ЦÑé§ lo‡ ‘‘e’’’’ ç ÐÙÚ á禥éÑ Ðç¦éé e Ïßà ‘‘ Ûe ç’’ ç¦% ¡ê ââââââââââÛÐe Ï ‘‘ áç Ч¦ÑÑé§ lo‡ ‘‘e’’’’ ç ÐÐç¦%§ç%§ ÙÚ Ûe Ï çßà ‘‘ Ûe ç’’ ¦ç ¡ âââáe Ï ç Ûe Ï ç ¦%¥% VIII-1, Fig. 2-7.2: ¡Ó– ÎÎÎÎÏ Ð€ Ò– §¦ç ¨¨ ¡ˆÞ â Òì Ò– Ñ ¡ˆÍ âÓ Ó– ¥¦Ñ ¡øB áááÛ¥¦§ ¥¦Ñ¥çÑ lm ÙÚˆÞßà ÐÐ¦Ñ ç¥ {A lm ÙÚˆÍßà Ð¥¦çÑ%§ ÙÚlm ÙÚˆÞßàßà Ï Ð¥¦¥% ÙÚlm ÙÚˆÍßàßà Ï ¡øBB áÛÐÐÛ¥¦çééÑ lm ÙÚˆÞßà lm ÙÚˆÍßà Ð¥¦¥ççÑ ÙÚlm ÙÚˆÞßàßà A Ð¥¦¥çÑ%§ ÙÚlm ÙÚˆÍßàßà A ¡øBBB áÐÛ¥¦¥%§% lm ÙÚˆÞßà ÙÚlm ÙÚˆÍßàßà Ï ÐÐ¥¦¥Ñ%ç ÙÚlm ÙÚˆÞßàßà 4 lm ÙÚˆÍßà ¡ø ááøB øBB øBBB ¥¦çé For xx¥¦ ˆÍ Ñ ¡ÔB ááááÛÛ¥¦¥çéé§ ââ⥦ç% ˆÞ âââ⥦¥é§çç ˆÍ ââ⥦§¥ç ˆÞ Ï âââ⥦¥ÑÑ ˆÍ Ï ââ⥦Ñéé%ç% ÐˆÞ ˆÍ ââ⥦çç%Ñ ˆÞ A ¡ÔBB ÛÛÛâââ⥦¥¥Ñѧ ˆÍ A âââ⥦¥Ñ§§Ñ% ÐˆÞ ˆÍ Ï ââ⥦Ñ祥 ÐˆÞ Ï ˆÍ
  • 68.
    ACETONE ABSORPTION COLUMN Required:“CONFIDENTIAL” Sh.a. DESIGNED: Arberor MITA Design group“ELMAGERARD” Þ Þ ¡Ô áÔB ÔBB ¥¦Ñçç ¡ü tuv Ù í íÚ wç ââââââââââââââââââââââââââââ ÛáááÛ¥¦¥Ñ Ð¥¦¥%%§§%% ˆÞ Ð¥¦§éç§ ˆÞ Ï Ð¥¦¥§§Ñ§ ˆÍ Ð¥¦%é¥é ˆÍ Ï Ðé¦ç§ ˆÍ A áááÛç ÐЦ§¥% ç¥ {A ˆÞ Ðç¦§Ñ¥é ˆÍ Ð%¦é%Ñ ˆÍ Ï Ðç¦%¥Ñ ˆÍ A ß ó óà ü ç VIII-1, paragraph 2-3: ¡è âââââ ÐÐê Ù í Ú â Ò– CÖ ß ó à Ï Ó– Ô çѦ§ CÖ ¡H ââø â Ó– CÖ ¥¦Ñç ¡7 âââ áÐâG CÖ H ç ) âââ Ù íÚ âG CÖ ß óà A âè CÖ Ñ¦ÑÑ Determine the flange forces, (VIII-1, paragraph 2-3). ¡6ô ââââ ÐÐ € Ï 'ô é ÙÚ Ðé¦çç ç¥ ” ßà (Ò ¡6 ââââ ÐÐ … Ï 'ô é ÙÚ Ðé¦ç ç¥ ” ßà (Ò ¡6 Û6 6ô ç%¦% (Ò ¡6$ ÛË– 6ô ÙÚ Ð%¦§é ç¥ A ßà (Ò Determine the flange moment for the operating condition using Equation (4.16.14) or Equation (4.16.15), as applicable (VIII-1, paragraph 2-6). In these equations, , , , areÓô Ӑ Ó$ determined from Table 4.16.6 (VIII-1, Table 2-6). For VIII-2 designs – For integral and loose type flanges, the moment, Moe is calculated using Equation (4.16.16) where I and Ip, in this equation are determined from Table 4.16.7. Êf ¤ áÐÐÐé f¤ Ù íââââˆ ß ó Ù íâââ Óô ß ó Ðø‰ Óô
  • 69.
    ACETONE ABSORPTION COLUMN Required:“CONFIDENTIAL” Sh.a. DESIGNED: Arberor MITA Design group“ELMAGERARD”  ¤ ᤠí Ú áÐ¥¦%é ˆD ˆ ó à í Ú Û× ÐÑ Óô ó à ‰ Óô From Table 4.16.6 (VIII-1, Table 2-6), ¡Óô ââââ ÛÛ× € Òì Ñ Ñ ¨¨ ¡Ó$ ââÛ× … Ñ Ñ¦ ¨¨ ¡Ó ¥¦ Ù íÚ áââÛ× € Ñ Ó$ ß óà ¦ ¨¨ ¡ˆ âââââââ ÐÐÐ¥¦¥é 7 Ò– Ï Ó– € Ô ÙÚ Ð¦ ç¥ {4ßà ¨ ” ¡Õ‰ ¥¦ ‘‘ ÛÕ €’’ ¡…ïÞ Ð¥¦ ÙÚ áÒ– Òìßà 祦 ¨¨ ¡Õ‰ áÓ G8 ¡€~ …ïÞ ¡×÷ ÛÕ‰ …ïÞ ¡ô$ G8 ¡e‰~ ÐÐÙÚ ÐÕ‰ €~ A ßà Ù í Ú Ûâç % Ð¥¦Ñç Ù í Ú ââ €~ Õ‰ ß ó à ß ó à Ù í íÚ Ûç Ðâç çÑ Ù í Ú ââ €~ Õ‰ ß ó à ” ß ó óà Ñ¦ç§ ¨ ” ¡e÷ô ÐÐÙÚ Ð×÷ ô$ A ßà Ù í Ú Ûâç % Ð¥¦ç¥ Ù í Ú ââ ô$ ×÷ ß ó à ß ó à Ù í íÚ Ûç Ðââç çÑ Ù í Ú ââ ô$ ×÷ ß ó à ” ß ó óà Ñ¦ç ¨ ” ¡ˆ† áe‰~ e÷ô é¦%ѧ ¨ ” ¡f ¤ áÐÐÐé f¤ Ù í Ú âââ∠áÐ¥¦%é ˆ† ˆ ß ó à Ù í Ú âââ Óô Û× ÐÑ Óô ß ó à Ðø‰ Óô ÙÚ Ð¦§Ñé ç¥ A ßà Ð(Ò ¨ For internal person ¡ø1 ç
  • 70.
    ACETONE ABSORPTION COLUMN Required:“CONFIDENTIAL” Sh.a. DESIGNED: Arberor MITA Design group“ELMAGERARD” 1 ¡f– uŠp ÙÚ ÐÙÚ áááÐ6ô Óô Ð6 Ӑ Ð6$ Ó$ f ¤ßà ø1ßà ÙÚ Ðç¦%% ç¥ ” ßà Ð(Ò ¨ Determine the flange moment for gasket seating condition using Equation (4.16.17) or Equation (4.16.18), as applicable (VIII-1, paragraph 2-6). For internal pressure ¡fÞ ââââââ ÐÐËÞ ‘‘ Û× …’’ ø1 Ñ ÙÚ Ðé¦ç% ç¥ ” ßà Ð(Ò ¨ Where, Fs=1 for non split rings . VIII-1, paragraph 2-6 does not provide a split loose flange factor in the equation for Wgs as is provided for in the VIII-2 procedure. However, VIII-1, paragraph 2-9 provides guidance for split loose flanges. Determine the flange stresses for the operating and gasket seating conditions using the equations in Table 4.16.8 (VIII-1, paragraph 2-7). ¡1‹ âââ Ðü f– ÐÐ7 Òì Ï € ÙÚ ÐѦÑç ç¥ A ßà ââ(Ò ¨ Ï ¡1‰ âââââââ Ù íÚ áÐÐç¦%% âG CÖ H ç ß óà f– ÐÐ7 G Ï € ç%ѦçÑ ââ(Ò ¨ Ï ¡1 Ûââ † f– ÐG Ï € Ð 1‰ 駦éçç ââ(Ò ¨ Ï Gasket Seating Condition ¡1‹ âââ Ðü fÞ ÐÐ7 Òì Ï € ÙÚ Ð¦%é% ç¥ A ßà ââ(Ò ¨ Ï ¡1‰ âââââââ Ù íÚ áÐÐç¦%% âG CÖ H ç ß óà fÞ ÐÐ7 G Ï € 馧ѧ ââ(Ò ¨ Ï ¡1 Ûââ † fÞ ÐG Ï € Ð 1‰ ÙÚ ÐѦ¥¥ ç¥ A ßà ââ(Ò ¨ Ï The criteria below shall be evaluated. If the stress criteria are satisfied, go to STEP 10. If the stress criteria are not satisfied, re-proportion the flange dimensions and go to STEP 4. Allowable normal stress – The criteria to evaluate the normal stresses for the operating and gasket seating conditions are shown in Table 4.16.9 (VIII-1, paragraph 2-8), (for integral type flanges with hub welded to the neck, pipe or vessel wall).
  • 71.
    ACETONE ABSORPTION COLUMN Required:“CONFIDENTIAL” Sh.a. DESIGNED: Arberor MITA Design group“ELMAGERARD” 9.0 Design an integral radial nozzle centrally located in a 2:1 ellipsoidal head based on the vessel and nozzle data below. The parameters used in this design procedure are shown in Figure E4.5.3. Vessel and Nozzle Data: ¡'ô Ð% ââ(Ò ¨ Ï Design preasure ¡)ô %¥ 0× Design temperature ÛÛ1Õ ç¥ Ñ¥¥ Ellipsoidal head material: carbon steel plate ¡3ïÝ  ç饥 ââ(Ò ¨ Ï Permissible tensile stress ¡ä ÐÐÑ ç¥ 4 ââ(Ò ¨ Ï Elastic modulus ¡5 ¥¦ Joint eficency ¡×Õ % ¨¨ Corrosion allowance ÛÛ1Õ ç§ ¥ 2 Nozzle material ¡3ïÝ ò ç饥 ââ(Ò ¨ Ï Nozzle material permissible tensile stress ¡rÍ ç%¥¥ ¨¨ Head Inside Diameter ¡6rÍ %%¥ ¨¨ Height of the Elliptical Head, (2:1) ¡GrÍ § ¨¨ Head thickness ¡2rÍ %Ñ ¨¨ Nozzle outside diameter ¡ÖrÍ ¨¨ Nozzle thickness ¡Óò  Ñ¥¥ ¨¨ Nossle height Section VIII, Division 1 Solution The required thickness of the 2:1 ellipsoidal head based on circumferential stress is given by UG- 32(d). However, per UG-37(a), when an opening and its reinforcement are in an ellipsoidal head and located entirely within a circle the center which coincides with the center of the head and the diameter of which is equal to 80% of the shell diameter, tr is the thickness required for a seamless sphere of radius K1 D , where K1 is given in Table UG-37. Per Table UG-37, for a 2:1 ellipsoidal head where:
  • 72.
    ACETONE ABSORPTION COLUMN Required:“CONFIDENTIAL” Sh.a. DESIGNED: Arberor MITA Design group“ELMAGERARD” - 32(d). However, per UG-37(a), when an opening and its reinforcement are in an ellipsoidal head and located entirely within a circle the center which coincides with the center of the head and the diameter of which is equal to 80% of the shell diameter, is the thickness required for a seamless sphere of radius K D , where K is given in Table UG-37. Per Table UG-37, for a 2:1 ellipsoidal head where: âââ rÍ ÐÑ 6rÍ ç¦ ¡eì ¥¦ The required thickness per UG-32(d) is as follows. Note, the rules of UG-32(d) are only applicable for a specific geometry, i.e. half the minor axis (inside depth of head minus the skirt) equals one–fourth of the inside diameter of the head skirt. Additionally, if the ratio ,ââ ÖrÍ 7 is not satisfied, the rules of Mandatory Appendix 1-4(f) shall also be met. ŒÊââ ÖrÍ 7 âââ ÖrÍ Ðeì rÍ ¥¦¥¥Ñ âââ ÖrÍ Ðeì rÍ ¥¦¥¥ ¡G¤Í ââââââ Ð'ô rÍ ÛÐÑ 3ïÝ  5 ¥¦Ñ 'ô 禧% ¨¨ The required thickness, tr , per the UG-37 definition for nozzle reinforcement calculations. ¡G! ââââââ ÐÐ'ô rÍ eì ÛÐÑ 3ïÝ  5 ¥¦Ñ 'ô ç¦é ¨¨ The required thickness of the nozzle based on circumferential stress is given by UG-27(c)(1). ¡G!ò ââââââ Ð'ô 2rÍ ÛÐ3ïÝ  5 ¥¦§ 'ô ¥¦Ñ§ ¨¨ Calculate the Limits of Reinforcement per UG-40. 1) Reinforcing dimensions for an integrally reinforced nozzle per Fig. UG-40(e), UG-40(e-1), UG-40(e-2): See Figure E4.5.3 of this example: ¡G𠨨 Ѧ Gð Ñ¥ ¨¨ ¡7ð Ðeì 2rÍ Ñé¦% ¨¨ Œ7ð Ѧ Gð Therfore UG-40 (e-1) ¡ Ö¤Í G¤  Ž   ‘ ’ ¨¨ § ¨¨  Ž   ‘ ’ ¡G¤ § ¨¨ Reinforcment pad Note: Fig. UG-40 does not provide a sketch for an integral uniform thickness nozzle with full penetration weld inserted through the shell without a reinforcing pad. Therefore, sketch (e-1) was used with. The limits of reinforcement, measured parallel to the vessel wall in the corroded condition: ¡grÍ ââââ Û6rÍ ÐÑ ÖrÍ Ñ ç ¨¨ ¡G¤Í § ¨¨ ¡èrÍ ÐÑ grÍ ¥¦%çé ¨ tuv ÙÚ wèrÍ áágrÍ GrÍ ÖrÍßà %çé ¨¨ ¨CÖÙÚ wÐѦ G¤Í áÐѦ Ö¤Í G¤ßà ç ¨¨ Calculate the reinforcement strength parameters per UG-37. 1) Strength Reduction Factors:
  • 73.
    ACETONE ABSORPTION COLUMN Required:“CONFIDENTIAL” Sh.a. DESIGNED: Arberor MITA Design group“ELMAGERARD” Calculate the reinforcement strength parameters per UG-37. 1) Strength Reduction Factors: ¡3ïÝ D 3ïÝ  ¡ü!ì ââ 3ïÝ ò 3ïÝ  ç ¡ü!ú ââ 3ïÝ ò 3ïÝ  ç ¡ü!û âââââââ ¨CÖÙÚ w3ïÝ ò 3ïÝ D ßà 3ïÝ  ç ¡ü!þ ââ 3ïÝ D 3ïÝ  ç Joint Efficiency Parameter: For a nozzle located in a solid plate: Correction Factor for variation of internal pressure stresses on different planes with respect to the axis of the vessel: For a nozzle in an ellipsoidal head. Calculate the Areas of Reinforcement, see Fig. UG–37.1 Area Required, A : ¡5 ¥¦ ¡ø ç ¡Õ áÐèrÍ G¤Í ÐÐÐÐÑ G¤Í Ö¤Í ø ÙÚ Ûç ü!ìßà ç¦é ¨ “ Area Available in the Shell, A1 . Use larger value: ¡Õìì ÛÐèrÍ ÙÚ ÛÐ5 G¤Í Ðø G!ßà ÐÑ Ö¤Í ÙÚ ÛÐ5 G¤Í Ðø G!ßà ÙÚ Ûç ü!ìßà çç¦%Ñ ¨ “ ¡Õìú ÛÐÑ ÙÚ áG¤Í Ö¤Íßà ÙÚ ÛÐ5 G¤Í Ðø G!ßà ÐÑ Ö¤Í ÙÚ ÛÐ5 G¤Í Ðø G!ßà ÙÚ Ûç ü!ìßà ç¦¥ç ¨ “ ¡Õì tuv ÙÚ wÕìì Õìúßà çç¦%Ñ ¨ “ Area Available in the Nozzle Projecting Outward, A2 . Use the smaller value: ¡Õúì ÐÐ ÙÚ ÛÖ¤Í G!òßà ü!ú G¤Í ѦçÑ ¨ “ ¡Õúú ÐÐ ÙÚ ÛÖ¤Í G!òßà ü!ú ÙÚ áÖ¤Í G¤ßà ¦¥ÑÑ ¨ “ ¡Õú ¨CÖÙÚ wÕúì Õúúßà ѦçÑ ¨ “ Area Available in the Nozzle Projecting Inward, A3 : ¡Gñ ¥ ¨¨ ¡Õû tym ÙÚ wwÐÐ G Gñ ü!ú ÐÐ Gñ Gñ ü!ú ÐÐÑ Óò  Gñ ü!úßà ¥ ¨ “ Area Available in Welds, A41 , A42 , A43 , use the following minimum specified weld leg dimensions, see Figure E4.5.3 of this example: ¡‚HÒì ¨¨ ¡‚HÒú ¨¨ ¡‚HÒû ¨¨
  • 74.
    ACETONE ABSORPTION COLUMN Required:“CONFIDENTIAL” Sh.a. DESIGNED: Arberor MITA Design group“ELMAGERARD” ‚HÒì ‚HÒú ‚HÒû ¡Õþì ЂHÒì “ ü!ú ¥¦Ñ ¨ “ ¡Õþú ЂHÒú “ ü!ú ¥¦¥¥% Ш ¨ ¡Õþû ЂHÒû “ ü!ú ¥¦¥¥% Ш ¨ ¡Õþ ááÕþì Õþú Õþû ¥¦ ¨ “ Area Available in Element, A5 : ¡! §¥¥ ¨¨ ¡Õÿ ÐÐÙÚ ÛÛ! èrÍ ÐÑ Ö¤Íßà G¤ ü!þ ç§¦Ñ ¨ “ Total Available Area, Aavail : ¡ÕïïñÝ ááááÕì Õú Õû Õþ Õÿ %¥¦éé ¨ “ Nozzle reinforcement acceptance criterion: ŒÕïïñÝ Õ Division 2 Solution with VIII-1 Allowable Stresses The procedure, per VIII-2, paragraph 4.5.10, to design a radial nozzle in an ellipsoidal head subject to pressure loading is shown below. Determine the effective radius of the ellipsoidal head as follows. ¡g¤££ âââ Ð¥¦ rÍ § Ù í Ú áÑ Ù í Ú ââ rÍ ÐÑ Óò  ß ó à ß ó à ÙÚ Ð禥Ñé ç¥ ” ßà ¨¨ Calculate the limit of reinforcement along the vessel wall. For integrally reinforced set–in nozzles in ellipsoidal heads, ¡7‰ ¨CÖ Ù í Ú wÎÎÎÎÎÎΓ Ðg¤££ G¤Í Ñ ââââ Û2rÍ ÐÑ ÖrÍ Ñ ß ó à ¦%é ¨¨ Note: This is an analysis of a single nozzle; therefore, the spacing criterion is automatically satisfied. If there were multiple nozzles in the shell, the spacing requirements for nozzles in VIII- 2, paragraph 4.5.13 would need to be checked. Calculate the limit of reinforcement along the nozzle wall projecting outside the vessel surface. See VIII-2, Figures 4.5.9 and 4.5.10. For set–in nozzles in ellipsoidal heads, Ê7‹ ¨CÖ Ù í íÚ wáÐG¤Í G¤ ÐøD ÎÎÎÎÎÎÎÎÎÎÎÎÎΓ Ð Ù í Ú ââââ ÛèrÍ ÐÑ Ö¤Í Ñ ß ó à Ö¤Í áÓò  G¤Í ß ó óà
  • 75.
    ACETONE ABSORPTION COLUMN Required:“CONFIDENTIAL” Sh.a. DESIGNED: Arberor MITA Design group“ELMAGERARD” ʈ– ¨CÖ Ù í Ú wÐ! Ù í Ú á Ù í Ú ââââ ÛèrÍ ÐÑ Ö¤Í Ñ ß ó à Ö¤Í ß ó à •© ‘‘j’’ ââ rÍ Ñ ß ó à ¡j u–um Ù í í í Ú Ðââ Ñ Óò  rÍ Ù í í í Ú ââââââ ! ÎÎÎÎÎÎÎÎÎÎΓ á Ù í Ú ââ rÍ Ñ ß ó à “ ! “ ß ó ó ó à ß ó ó ó à ¥¦Ñ¥§ ¡ˆ– ¨CÖ Ù í Ú wÐ Ù í Ú á! Ù í Ú á Ù í Ú ââââ ÛèrÍ ÐÑ Ö¤Í Ñ ß ó à Ö¤Í ß ó à ß ó à nop ‘‘j’’ ââ rÍ Ñ ß ó à ¥¦§ ¨ Since: ˆ– §¥ ¨¨ Ð¥¦% rÍ é ¨¨ Œˆ– Ð¥¦% rÍ calculate Fp as follows: ÊøD ×ò ¡×ò ¨CÖ Ù í íÚ w Ù í Ú âââ áG¤Í G¤ Ö¤Í ß ó à —˜”™ ç ß ó óà ç ¡øD ×ò ç ¡7‹ ¨CÖ Ù í íÚ wááG¤Í G¤ ÐøD ÎÎÎÎÎÎÎÎÎÎÎÎΓ Ðââââ ÛèrÍ ÐÑ Ö¤Í Ñ Ö¤Í áÓò  G¤Í ß ó óà é§¦Ñ ¨¨ Calculate the limit of reinforcement along the nozzle wall projecting inside the vessel surface, if applicable. ¡7†!ú ¥ ¨¨ ¡7• ¨CÖ Ù í íÚ wÐøD ÎÎÎÎÎÎÎÎÎÎÎÎΓ Ðââââ ÛèrÍ ÐÑ Ö¤Í Ñ Ö¤Í 7†!ú ß ó óà ¥ ¨ Determine the total available area near the nozzle opening (see VIII-2, Figures 4.5.1 and 4.5.2) where frm and Frp are given by VIII-2, Equations (4.5.21) and (4.5.22) respectively. Do not include any area that falls outside of the limits defined by LH , LR , and LI . For set–in nozzles: ÊՐ áááááÕì Ðü!ò ÙÚ áÕú Õûßà Õþì Õþú Õþû Ðü!ò Õÿ ¡Õì ÐG¤Í 7‰ é¦¥Ñ ¨ “ ¡Õú ÐÖ¤Í 7‹ %¦ÑÑ ¨ “ ¡Õû ÐÖ¤Í 7• ¥ ¨ “ ¡Õþì Ð¥¦ ‚HÒì “ ¥¦çÑ ¨ “
  • 76.
    ACETONE ABSORPTION COLUMN Required:“CONFIDENTIAL” Sh.a. DESIGNED: Arberor MITA Design group“ELMAGERARD” ¡Õþú Ð¥¦ ‚HÒú “ ¥¦çÑ ¨ “ ¡Õþû Ð¥¦ ‚HÒû “ ¥¦çÑ ¨ “ ¡Ë 祥 ¨¨ ¡Õÿï ÐË G¤ § ¨ “ ¡Õÿ ÐÙÚ Û7‰ Ö¤Íßà G¤ é¦ÑÑÑ ¨ “ ¡Õÿ ¨CÖÙÚ wÕÿï Õÿ ßà é¦ÑÑÑ ¨ “ ¡ü!ò ââ 3ïÝ ò 3ïÝ  ç ¡ü!D ââ 3ïÝ ò 3ïÝ  ç ¡Õ áááááÕì Ðü!ò ÙÚ áÕú Õûßà Õþì Õþú Õþû Ðü!ò Õÿ ç%¦¥ÑÑ ¨ “ Determine the applicable forces. For set–in nozzles, Êüš ÐÐ'ô g8î 7‹ ¡gò ââââ ÛèrÍ ÐÑ Ö¤Í Ñ ¡gðò âââââ Ö¤Í lm Ù í Ú âââ ágò Ö¤Í gò ß ó à çѦ§ ¨¨ ¡üš ÐÐ'ô gðò 7‹ Ñç%¦¥% (Ò Êü“ ââââââ ÐÐ'ô gðò ÙÚ á7‰ Ö¤Íßà Ñ ¡G¤££ áG¤Í Ù í Ú âââ Ðü!D Õÿ 7‹ ß ó à 禥 ¨ ¡gð8 âââââ G¤££ lm Ù í Ú ââââ ág¤££ Ö¤Í g¤££ ß ó à ÙÚ Ðç¦% ç¥ ” ßà ¨¨ ¡ü“ ââââââ ÐÐ'ô gð8 ÙÚ á7‰ Ö¤Íßà Ñ ÙÚ ÐѦ¥ ç¥ ” ßà (Ò
  • 77.
    ACETONE ABSORPTION COLUMN Required:“CONFIDENTIAL” Sh.a. DESIGNED: Arberor MITA Design group“ELMAGERARD” ¡ü“ ââââ ÐÐ'ô gð8 gò Ñ ÙÚ Ðé¦%Ñ ç¥ ” ßà (Ò Determine the average local primary membrane stress and the general primary membrane stress at the nozzle intersection. ¡3ïÞ ââââ ááüš ü“ ü“ Ր §ç¦ÑçÑ ââ(Ò ¨ “ ¡3˜ñ!˜ âââ Ð'ô gð8 ÐÑ G¤££ çѦ¥Ñ ââ(Ò ¨ “ Determine the maximum local primary membrane stress at the nozzle intersection. ¡' tuv ÙÚ wÛÐÑ 3ïÞ 3˜ñ!˜ 3˜ñ!˜ßà ÙÚ Ðç¦ç ç¥ ” ßà ââ(Ò ¨ “ The calculated maximum local primary membrane stress should satisfy VIII-2, Equation 4.5.146. If the nozzle is subjected to internal pressure, then the allowable stress, is given by VIII-2, Equation 4.5.57. If the nozzle is subjected to external pressure,then the allowable stress is given by VIII-2, Equation 4.5.58. ÐÐç¦ 3ïÝ  5 ÙÚ Ðç¦ ç¥ ” ßà ââ(Ò ¨ “ x' ÐÐç¦ 3ïÝ  5 Determine the maximum allowable working pressure of the nozzle. ¡Õ† ââââ ááüš ü“ ü“ ' ¦é ¨ “ ¡'îïðì ââââââ ÐÐç¦ 3ïÝ  5 Û Ù í Ú ââ ÐÑ Õ† Ր ß ó à Ù í Ú ââ gð8 ÐÑ G¤££ ß ó à ÛѦ%¥Ñ ââ(Ò ¨ “ ¡'îïðú ÐÐÑ 3ïÝ  Ù í Ú ââ G¤Í gð8 ß ó à ¦§é ââ(Ò ¨ “ ¡'îïð tuv ÙÚ w'îïðì 'îïðúßà ¦§é ââ(Ò ¨ “ The nozzle is acceptable because: Œ'îïð 'ô
  • 78.
    ACETONE ABSORPTION COLUMN Required:“CONFIDENTIAL” Sh.a. DESIGNED: Arberor MITA Design group“ELMAGERARD” 10.0 Check the design of a radial nozzle in a cylindrical shell based on the vessel and nozzle data below.Verify the adequacy of the attachment welds. Calculate the shear stresses from the applied nozzle loads and compare to the acceptance criteria of UG-45. The parameters used in this design procedure are shown in Figure E4.5.5. ¡'ô Ð% ââ(Ò ¨ “ Design pressure ¡)ô %¥ 0× Design temperature ÛÛ1Õ ç¥ Ñ¥¥ Shell material: carbon steel plate ¡3ïÝ  ç饥 ââ(Ò ¨ “ Permissible tensile stress ¡ä ÐÐÑ ç¥ › ââ(Ò ¨ “ Elastic modulus ¡5 ¥¦ Joint efficiency ¡×Õ % ¨¨ Corrosion allowance ÛÛ1Õ ç§ ¥ 2 Nozzle material ¡3ïÝ ò ç饥 ââ(Ò ¨ “ Nozzle material permissible tensile stress ÛÛ1Õ ç¥ Ñ¥¥ Reinforcement pad material ¡3ïÝ D ç饥 ââ(Ò ¨ “ Reinforcement pad material permissible tensile stress ¡rÍ ç%¥¥ ¨¨ Shell Inside Diameter ¡GrÍ ¨¨ Shell thickness ¡2rÍ %Ñ ¨¨ Nozzle outside diameter ¡ÖrÍ ¨¨ Nozzle thickness ¡'rÍ §¥¥ ¨¨ Reinforcement pad diameter ¡õrÍ ¨¨ Reinforcement pad thickness ¡16 %饥 (Ò Applied shear load Applied torsional moment
  • 79.
    ACETONE ABSORPTION COLUMN Required:“CONFIDENTIAL” Sh.a. DESIGNED: Arberor MITA Design group“ELMAGERARD” ¡)œ ÐÑ¥ (Ò ¨ Applied torsional moment All category A joints are to be fully radiographed (see UW-3). Section VIII, Division 1 Solution Evaluate per UG-37. The required thickness of the shell based on circumferential stress is given by UG-27(c)(1). ¡G! ââââââ Ð'ô ââ rÍ Ñ ÛÐ3ïÝ  5 ¥¦§ 'ô 禧éç ¨¨ The required thickness of the nozzle based on circumferential stress is given by UG-27(c)(1). ¡G!ò ââââââ Ð'ô ââ 2rÍ Ñ ÛÐ3ïÝ  5 ¥¦§ 'ô ¥¦éçé ¨¨ Determine the Minimum Nozzle Thickness per UG-45. 1) For access openings and openings used only for inspection: ÊG$žþÿ ¨@Ÿ ÙÚ wGï G ßà Where, ÊG ¨@Ÿ ÙÚ wG û ¨@Ÿ ÙÚ wG ì G úßàßà t , the minimum neck thickness required for internal or external pressure using UG-27 and UG-28 (plus corrosion allowance), as applicable. The effects of external forces and moments from supplemental loads (see UG-22) shall be considered. Shear stresses caused by UG-22 loadings shall not exceed 70% of the allowable tensile stress for the nozzle material. ¡Gï áG!ò ×Õ %¦éçé ¨¨ , for vessels under internal pressure, the thickness (plus corrosion allowance) required forG ì pressure for the shell or head at the location where the nozzle neck or other connection attaches to the vessel but in no case less than the minimum thickness specified for the material in UG-16(b). ¡G$žì ~ 禧 ¨¨ ¡G ì tuv ÙÚ wáG! ×Õ G$žì ~ßà 馧éç ¨¨ , for vessels under external pressure, the thickness (plus corrosion allowance) obtainedG ú by using the external design pressure as an equivalent internal design pressure in the formula for the shell or head at the location where the nozzle neck or other connection attaches to the vessel but in no case less than the minimum thickness specified for the material in UG-16(b).
  • 80.
    ACETONE ABSORPTION COLUMN Required:“CONFIDENTIAL” Sh.a. DESIGNED: Arberor MITA Design group“ELMAGERARD” , for vessels under external pressure, the thickness (plus corrosion allowance) obtained by using the external design pressure as an equivalent internal design pressure in the formula for the shell or head at the location where the nozzle neck or other connection attaches to the vessel but in no case less than the minimum thickness specified for the material in UG-16(b). ¡G ú ¥ ¨¨ , the thickness given in Table UG-45 plus the thickness added for corrosion allowance.G û ¡GÌï ݤ ¦%é ¨¨ ¡G û áGÌï ݤ ×Õ çç¦%é ¨¨ Therefore, ¡G ¨CÖÙÚ wG û tuv ÙÚ wG ì G úßàßà 馧éç ¨¨ Calculate the maximum membrane shear stress due to the superimposed shear and torsion loads and compare to the allowable shear stress. As specified in the definition of ta in UG-45: ¡18 Ð¥¦ 3ïÝ  ¥ ââ(Ò ¨ “ Membrane shear stress from shear load: ¡18Ý ââââÑ 16 ÐÐ 2rÍ ÖrÍ Ñ¦é ââ(Ò ¨ “ Membrane shear stress from torsional moment: ¡1ÌÝ ââââââ)œ ÐÐÑ Ù í Ú ââ 2rÍ Ñ ß ó à “ GrÍ Ñ¥¦§% ââ(Ò ¨ “ Total membrane stress: ¡1Ý á18Ý 1ÌÝ Ñ¦çç ââ(Ò ¨ “ Since x1Ý 18 the nozzle is adequately designed for the applied shear loads. Calculate the required weld sizes per UW-16(d) and Fig. UW-16.1 Sketch (q). See Figure E4.5.5 of this example. 1) Outer nozzle fillet weld, based on throat dimensions: ¡G˜ ¨CÖÙÚ w§¦% ¨¨ Ð¥¦ GrÍßà ¦§ ¨¨ ¡G˜ï˜Ì Ð¥¦ ¨¨ ¦§ ¨¨ ¡G˜ï˜Ì G˜ Outer reinforcing element fillet weld, based on throat dimensions: ¡)¡•@G! Ð¥¦ GrÍ é ¨¨
  • 81.
    ACETONE ABSORPTION COLUMN Required:“CONFIDENTIAL” Sh.a. DESIGNED: Arberor MITA Design group“ELMAGERARD” ¡)¡•@G!ï˜Ì Ð¥¦ § ¨¨ é¦Ñ ¨¨ i)¡•@G!ï˜Ì )¡•@G! Reinforcing element groove weld: ¡G¢ Ð¥¦ GrÍ ¦§ ¨¨ ¡G¢ï˜Ì ¦Ñ ¨¨ ŒG˜ï˜Ì G˜ Shell groove weld: ¡G¢ Ð¥¦ GrÍ ¦§ ¨¨ ¡G¢ï˜Ì ¦Ñ ¨¨ ŒG˜ï˜Ì G˜ Calculate the Limits of Reinforcement per UG-40. 1) Reinforcing dimensions for a reinforced nozzle per Fig. UG-40 sketch (b-1). See Figure E4.5.5 of this example: 2) The limits of reinforcement, measured parallel to the vessel wall in the corroded condition: ¡G𠨨 Ѧ Gð Ñ¥ ¨¨ ¡7ð Ðeì 2rÍ Ñ¦Ñ ¨¨ Œ7ð Ѧ Gð Therfore UG-40 (e-1) ¡ Ö¤Í G¤  Ž   ‘ ’ ¨¨ ¨¨  Ž   ‘ ’ ¡G¤ ¨¨ Reinforcment pad The limits of reinforcement, measured parallel to the vessel wall in the corroded condition: ¡grÍ ââââ Û2rÍ ÐÑ ÖrÍ Ñ ç§ ¨¨ ¡G¤Í ¨¨ ¡èrÍ ÐÑ grÍ ¥¦%çÑ ¨ tuv ÙÚ wèrÍ áágrÍ GrÍ ÖrÍßà %çÑ ¨¨ ¨CÖÙÚ wÐѦ G¤Í áÐѦ Ö¤Í G¤ßà Ñ¥ ¨¨ Calculate the reinforcement strength parameters per UG-37. 1) Strength Reduction Factors: ¡3ïÝ D 3ïÝ  ¡ü!ì ââ 3ïÝ ò 3ïÝ  ç
  • 82.
    ACETONE ABSORPTION COLUMN Required:“CONFIDENTIAL” Sh.a. DESIGNED: Arberor MITA Design group“ELMAGERARD” ¡ü!ú ââ 3ïÝ ò 3ïÝ  ç ¡ü!û âââââââ ¨CÖÙÚ w3ïÝ ò 3ïÝ D ßà 3ïÝ  ç ¡ü!þ ââ 3ïÝ D 3ïÝ  ç Joint Efficiency Parameter: For a nozzle located in a solid plate: Correction Factor for variation of internal pressure stresses on different planes with respect to the axis of the vessel: For a nozzle in an ellipsoidal head. Calculate the Areas of Reinforcement, see Fig. UG–37.1 Area Required, A : ¡5 ¥¦ ¡ø ç ¡Õ áÐèrÍ G¤Í ÐÐÐÐÑ G¤Í Ö¤Í ø ÙÚ Ûç ü!ìßà Ñ馧 ¨ “ Area Available in the Shell, A1 . Use larger value: ¡Õìì ÛÐèrÍ ÙÚ ÛÐ5 G¤Í Ðø G!ßà ÐÑ Ö¤Í ÙÚ ÛÐ5 G¤Í Ðø G!ßà ÙÚ Ûç ü!ìßà 秦¥§ ¨ “ ¡Õìú ÛÐÑ ÙÚ áG¤Í Ö¤Íßà ÙÚ ÛÐ5 G¤Í Ðø G!ßà ÐÑ Ö¤Í ÙÚ ÛÐ5 G¤Í Ðø G!ßà ÙÚ Ûç ü!ìßà ç¦§ç ¨ “ ¡Õì tuv ÙÚ wÕìì Õìúßà 秦¥§ ¨ “ Area Available in the Nozzle Projecting Outward, A2 . Use the smaller value: ¡Õúì ÐÐ ÙÚ ÛÖ¤Í G!òßà ü!ú G¤Í %¦¥%é ¨ “ ¡Õúú ÐÐ ÙÚ ÛÖ¤Í G!òßà ü!ú ÙÚ áÖ¤Í G¤ßà §¦¥§ ¨ “ ¡Õú ¨CÖÙÚ wÕúì Õúúßà %¦¥%é ¨ “ Area Available in the Nozzle Projecting Inward, A3 : ¡Gñ ¥ ¨¨ ¡Õû tym ÙÚ wwÐÐ G Gñ ü!ú ÐÐ Gñ Gñ ü!ú ÐÐÑ Óò  Gñ ü!úßà ¥ ¨ “ Area Available in Welds, A41 , A42 , A43 , use the following minimum specified weld leg dimensions, see Figure E4.5.3 of this example: ¡‚HÒì § ¨¨ ¡‚HÒú § ¨¨ ¡‚HÒû § ¨¨ ¡Õþì ЂHÒì “ ü!ú ¥¦%§ ¨ “ ¡Õþú ЂHÒú “ ü!ú ¥¦%§ ¨ “
  • 83.
    ACETONE ABSORPTION COLUMN Required:“CONFIDENTIAL” Sh.a. DESIGNED: Arberor MITA Design group“ELMAGERARD” ¡Õþû ЂHÒû “ ü!ú ¥¦%§ ¨ “ ¡Õþ ááÕþì Õþú Õþû 禥 ¨ “ Area Available in Element, A5 : ¡! §¥¥ ¨¨ ¡Õÿ ÐÐÙÚ ÛÛ! èrÍ ÐÑ Ö¤Íßà G¤ ü!þ Ñ禧 ¨ “ Total Available Area, Aavail : ¡ÕïïñÝ ááááÕì Õú Õû Õþ Õÿ éç¦ ¨ “ Nozzle reinforcement acceptance criterion: ŒÕïïñÝ Õ The load to be carried by the welds is calculated in accordance with UG-41. Per Fig. UG-41.1, sketch (a) Nozzle Attachment Weld Loads and Weld Strength Paths to be Considered; typical nozzle detail with nozzle neck inserted through (set–in) the vessel wall. Weld Load for Strength Path 1-1, W1 1 . ¡Ëìžì ÐÙÚ áááÕú Õÿ Õþì Õþúßà 3ïÝ  5 ÙÚ Ð%¦¥%§ ç¥ £ ßà (Ò Weld Load for Strength Path 2-2, W 2 2 ¡Ëúžú ÐÙÚ ááááÕú Õû Õþì Õþû ÐÐÐÑ G¤Í Ö¤Í ü!ìßà 3ïÝ  5 ÙÚ Ð¦ç ç¥ ” ßà (Ò Weld Load for Strength Path 3-3, W 3 3 . ¡Ëûžû ÐÙÚ ááááááÕú Õû Õÿ Õþì Õþú Õþû ÐÐÐÑ G¤Í Ö¤Í ü!ìßà 3ïÝ  5 ÙÚ Ð%¦Ñ%ç ç¥ £ ßà (Ò Total Weld Load, W . ¡Ë ÐÙÚ áÛÕ Õì ÐÐÐÑ Ö¤Í ü!ì ÙÚ ÛÐ5 G¤Í Ðø G!ßàßà 3ïÝ  5 ÙÚ Ðç¦ç% ç¥ £ ßà (Ò Since W is smaller than W3 3 , W may be used in place of W 3 3 for comparing weld capacity to weld load. Determine the allowable stresses of the attachment welds for weld strength path check. The allowable stress of the welds should be considered equal to the lesser of the two allowable stresses joined. Per UW-15(c) and UG-45(c), the allowable stresses for groove/fillet welds in percentages of stress value for the vessel material, used with UG-41 calculations are as follows: Groove Weld Tension:74% Groove Weld Shear:60% Fillet Weld Shear:49% Nozzle Neck Shear:70% Fillet Weld Shear – Outer Nozzle Fillet and Outer Element Fillet:
  • 84.
    ACETONE ABSORPTION COLUMN Required:“CONFIDENTIAL” Sh.a. DESIGNED: Arberor MITA Design group“ELMAGERARD” welds in percentages of stress value for the vessel material, used with UG-41 calculations are as follows: Groove Weld Tension:74% Groove Weld Shear:60% Fillet Weld Shear:49% Nozzle Neck Shear:70% Fillet Weld Shear – Outer Nozzle Fillet and Outer Element Fillet: ¡1ò£8 Ð¥¦é 3ïÝ  §§ ââ(Ò ¨ “ Groove Weld Tension – Nozzle Groove Weld and Element Groove Weld: ¡1òÞÌ Ð¥¦é 3ïÝ  ÙÚ Ð禥%§ ç¥ ” ßà ââ(Ò ¨ “ Groove Weld Shear: ¡1Þ8 Ð¥¦§¥ 3ïÝ  é¥ ââ(Ò ¨ “ Nozzle Wall Shear: ¡1ò8 Ð¥¦¥ 3ïÝ  ¥ ââ(Ò ¨ “ Determine the Strength of Connection Elements 1) Outer Nozzle Fillet Weld Shear: ¡œ2Ë1 ÐÐÐâ Ñ 2rÍ ‚HÒì 1ò£8 ÙÚ ÐѦçÑç ç¥ £ ßà (Ò Outer Element Fillet Weld Shear: ¡œäË1 ÐÐÐâ Ñ ! ‚HÒì 1ò£8 ÙÚ Ð%¦ ç¥ £ ßà (Ò Nozzle Groove Weld Tension: ¡2…Ë) ÐÐÐâ Ñ 2rÍ ‚HÒì 1òÞÌ ÙÚ Ð%¦Ñ¥% ç¥ £ ßà (Ò Element Groove Weld Tension: ¡ä…Ë) ÐÐÐâ Ñ 2rÍ ‚HÒì 1òÞÌ ÙÚ Ð%¦Ñ¥% ç¥ £ ßà (Ò Nozzle Wall Shear: ¡2Ë1 ÐÐÐâ Ñ Ö¤Í ÙÚ Û2rÍ Ö¤Íßà 1ò8 ÙÚ Ð%¦éç ç¥ £ ßà (Ò Check Weld Strength Paths ¡'@GÓìžì áœäË1 2Ë1 ÙÚ Ð¦Ñ ç¥ £ ßà (Ò ¡'@GÓú ú ááœ2Ë1 ä…Ë) 2…Ë) ÙÚ Ð¦Ñ§ ç¥ £ ßà (Ò
  • 85.
    ACETONE ABSORPTION COLUMN Required:“CONFIDENTIAL” Sh.a. DESIGNED: Arberor MITA Design group“ELMAGERARD” @GÓúžú áᜠË1 …Ë …Ë Ú § ¥ à Ò ¡'@GÓûžû áœäË1 2…Ë) ÙÚ Ð¦¥Ñ ç¥ £ ßà (Ò '@GÓìžì ÙÚ Ð¦Ñ ç¥ £ ßà (Ò Ëìžì ÙÚ Ð%¦¥%§ ç¥ £ ßà (Ò Œ'@GÓìžì Ëìžì '@GÓúžú ÙÚ Ð¦Ñ§ ç¥ £ ßà (Ò Ëúžú ÙÚ Ð¦ç ç¥ ” ßà (Ò Œ'@GÓúžú Ëúžú '@GÓûžû ÙÚ Ð¦¥Ñ ç¥ £ ßà (Ò Ëûžû ÙÚ Ð%¦Ñ%ç ç¥ £ ßà (Ò Œ'@GÓûžû Ëûžû ¡¤ tym ÙÚ ww'@GÓìžì '@GÓúžú '@GÓûžûßà ÙÚ Ð¦¥Ñ ç¥ £ ßà (Ò Ë ÙÚ Ðç¦ç% ç¥ £ ßà (Ò Œ¤ Ë